Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Students can Download Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem Questions and Answers, Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write the middle term in the expansion of the following; (3 score each)
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 1
Answer:
i) Here 7 is an odd number. Therefore there are two middle terms \(\left(\frac{7+1}{2}=4\right)^{t h}\) and \(\left(\frac{7+1}{2}+1=5\right)^{t h}\), ie; 4th and 5th terms in the above expansion.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 2

ii) Here 10 is an even number. Therefore middle terms \(\left(\frac{10}{2}+1=6\right)^{t h}\) term in the above expansion.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 3

iii) Here 17 is an odd number. Therefore there are two middle terms \(\left(\frac{17+1}{2}=9\right)^{t h}\), ie; 9th and 10th terms in the above expansion. \(\left(x+\frac{2}{\sqrt{x}}\right)^{17}\).
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 4

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Question 2.
Find the term independent of x in the following expansion. (3 score each)
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 5
Answer:
i) General term = tr+1 = (-1)r12Cr(x)12-r \(\left(\frac{1}{x}\right)^{r}\)
=(-1)r12Cr(x)12-r-r = (-1)r12Cr(x)12-2r
Term independent of x in the expansion will be the term in which the power of x is zero, ie; 12 – 2r = 0 ⇒ 12 = 2r
⇒ r = 6
t7 = (-1)612C6x12-2(6)
= \(\frac{12 \times 11 \times 10 \times 9 \times 8 \times 7}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4 \times 5 \times 6}\) = 924.

ii) General term = tr+1 =(-1)r9Cr(x2)9-r\(\left(\frac{1}{x}\right)^{r}\)
= (-1)r9Cr(x)18-2r-r = (-1)r9Cr(x)18-3r
Term independent of x in the expansion will be the term in which the power of x is zero.
ie; 18 – 3r = 0 ⇒ 18 = 3r ⇒ r = 6
t7 = (-1)69C6x18-3(6)
= \(\frac{9 \times 8 \times 7}{1 \times 2 \times 3}\) = 84.

iii) General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 6
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 7
Term independent of x in the expansion will be the term in which the power of x is zero.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 8

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

iv) General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 9
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 10
Term independent of x in the expansion will be the term in which the power of x is zero.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 11

Question 3.
Find the coefficient of x10 in the expansion of \(\left(2 x^{2}-\frac{3}{x}\right)^{11}\).
Answer:
General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 12
Given; 22 – 3r = 10 ⇒ 12 = 3r ⇒ r = 4
t5 = (-1)411C4211-4 x22-3(4) 34
= 11C42734x10
Therefore the coefficient of x10 is 11C42734.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Question 4.
Find the coefficient of a5b7 in the expansion of (a – 2b)12.
Answer:
General term = tr+1 = (-1)r12Cr(a)12-r(2b)r
= (-1)r12Cr(a)12-r2rbr
The term containing a5b7 is obtained by putting r = 7
⇒ t8 = (-1)712C7(a)12-727b7
Therefore the coefficient of a5b7 is
(-1)712C727 = -12C727.

Question 5.
Find the coefficient of (3 score each)

  1. x11 in the expansion of \(\left(x-\frac{2}{x^{2}}\right)^{17}\)
  2. x9 in the expansion of \(\left(3 x^{2}+\frac{5}{x^{3}}\right)^{12}\)
  3. x20 in the expansion of \(\left(3 x^{3}-\frac{2}{x^{2}}\right)^{40}\)

Answer:
1. General term
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 13
The term containing x11 is obtained by
17 – 3r = 11 ⇒ 6 = 3r ⇒ r = 2
⇒ t3 = (-1)217C2 (x)17-3(2) 22 = 17C2(x)11 × 4
Therefore the coefficient of x11 is 17C2 × 4
= \(\frac{17 \times 16}{1 \times 2}\) × 4 = 544

2. General term
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 14
The term containing x9 is obtained by
24 – 5r = 9 ⇒ 15 = 5r ⇒ r = 3
⇒ t4 = 12C3(3)12-3(x)24-5(3)53
= 12C3(3)9(x)953
Therefore the coefficient of x9 is 12C3(3)953.

3. General term = tr+1
= (-1)r40Cr(3x3)40-r (\(\frac{2}{x^{2}}\))r
= (-1)r40Cr(3)40-rx120-3r (2)r x-2r
= (-1)r40Cr(3)40-rx120-5r(2)r
The term containing x20 is obtained by
120 – 5r = 20 ⇒ 100 = 5r ⇒ r = 20
⇒ t21 = (-1)2040C20(3)40-20(x) 120-5(20) 220
= 40C20(3)20(x)20220
Therefore the coefficient of x20 is 40C20(3) 20 220.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Question 6.

  1. Find the term independent of x in the expansion of \(\left(x^{2}+\frac{2}{x}\right)^{6}\) (3)
  2. If the middle term in the expansion of \(\left(x^{m}+\frac{2}{x}\right)^{6}\) is independent of x, find the value of m.

Answer:
1. tr+1 = nCran-rbr = 6Cr(x2)6-r\(\left(\frac{2}{x}\right)^{r}\)
= 6Crx12-2rx-r(2)r = 6Crx12-3r(2)r
For term independent of x;
12 – 3r = 0 r = 4
t5 = 6C4(2)4 = 6C2 × 16 = \(\frac{6 \times 5}{1 \times 2}\) × 16 = 240

2. m = 1

Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Four Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.

  1. Write the general term in the expansion \(\left(\frac{3 x^{2}}{2}-\frac{1}{3 x}\right)^{6}\) (2)
  2. Find the term independent of x in the above expansion. (2)

Answer:
1. General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 15

2. Term independent of x in the expansion will be the term in which the power of x is zero.
ie; 12 – 3r = 0 ⇒ 12 = 3r ⇒ r = 4
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 16

Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Practice Problems Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Expand the following. (2 score each)

  1. (3a2 – 2b)4
  2. (3 – 4x2)5
  3. \(\left(\frac{x}{2}-2 y\right)^{6}\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{x}{2}-2 y\right)^{6}\)

Answer:
1.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 17

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

2.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 18

3.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 19

4.
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 20

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Question 2.
Write the general term in the expansion of the following; (2 score each)
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 21
Answer:
i) General term = tr+1
= (-1)r6Cr(x2)6-r(y)r
= (-1)r6Crx12-ryr.

ii) General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 22

iii) General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 23

iv) General term = tr+1
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 24

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Binomial Theorem

Question 3.
If the coefficient of x2 in the expansion of (1 + x)n is 6 then the positive value of n.
Answer:
tr+1 = nCrxr, the term containing x2 is obtained by putting r= 2.
nC2 = 6 ⇒ \(\frac{n(n-1)}{2}\) = 6 ⇒ n(n -1) = 12
⇒ n(n -1) = 4 × 3 ⇒ n = 3.

Question 4.
Find the 13th term in the expansion of \(\left(9 x-\frac{1}{3 \sqrt{x}}\right)^{18}\).
Answer:
Plus One Maths Binomial Theorem Three Mark Questions and Answers 25
= 18C6(3)12-12 = 18C6 = 18564

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Students can Download Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting Questions and Answers, Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Plus One Accountancy Theory Base of Accounting One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The rules and guidelines used in preparing accounting reports are called
(a) Accounting rules
(b) Basic rules
(c) Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
Answer:
(c) Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Question 2.
An accounting entity is an
(a) Accounting concept
(b) Accounting convention
(c) Modify Principle
Answer:
(a) Accounting concept

Question 3.
The Policy of ‘anticipate no profit and provide for all possible losses’ arises due to convention of
(a) Matching
(b) Conservatism
(c) Consistency
Answer:
(b) Conservatism.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 4.
A business unit is assumed to have an indefinite life comes under
(a) Going concern concept
(b) Business entity concept
(c) Money Measurment Concept
Answer:
(a) Going concern concept

Question 5.
Contingent liabilities are usually shown as a footnote in the balance sheet as per the following accounting principles.
(a) Consistency
(b) Disclosure
(c) Materiality
Answer:
(b) Disclosure

Question 6.
During the lifetime of an entity, accounting produce financial statements in accordance with which basic accounting concept.
(a) Conservation
(b) Matching
(c) Accounting period
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) Accounting period.

Question 7.
Revenue is generally recognised at the point of sale denote the concept of ……….
(a) Consistency
(b) Objectivity
(c) Revenue Realisation
(d) None
Answer:
(c) Revenue Realisation

Question 8.
Revenue recognition is an /a
(a) Assumption
(b) Principle
(c) Accounting standard
Answer:
(b) Principle.

Question 9.
Accounting standard deals with depreciation accounting is
(a) As-5
(b) As-16
(c) As-6
(d) As-9
Answer:
(c) As-6

Question 10.
The ……….. Principle requires that the same accounting method should be used from one accounting period to the next.
Answer:
Consistency.

Question 11.
Companies must prepare financial statement at least yearly due to the ………….. assumption.
Answer:
Accounting Period.

Question 12.
Accounting standards are issued by ………… in India.
Answer:
Institute of Chartered Accounts of India.

Question 13.
Accounting standards in India are formulated and governed by …………. which was set up in ………
Answer:
Accounting Standard Board (ASB), 1977.

Question 14.
SEBI stands for
Answer:
Securities and Exchange Board of India.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 15.
ICAI stands for
Answer:
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

Question 16.
………….. and ………….. generally referred to as the essence of financial accounting.
Answer:
The accounting concepts and accounting standards.

Question 17.
Find the odd one and give a reason,
(a) Dual aspect
(b) Historical cost
(c) Accounting period
(d) Verifiability and objectivity.
Answer:
(c) Accounting period, it is ah accounting assumption, But all others are accounting principles.

Question 18.
Revenue from sale of products is realized when
(a) the sale is made
(b) the cash is collected
(c) the production is completed
(d) the order placed to supply goods.
Answer:
(a) The sale is made.

Question 19.
Accounting principles are generally based on
(a) Practicability
(b) Subjectivity
(c) Convenience in recording
Answer:
(a) Practicability

Question 20.
Normally assets are recorded at cost price. This because
(a) Assets can be realized at the lime of winding up.
(b) Historical cost concept.
(c) Going concern concept
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these.

Plus One Accountancy Introduction to Accounting Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain cash system of accounting and Mercantile system of accounting.
Answer:
Cash system or Receipt Basis:- Under this system, only actual cash receipts and payments are considered. Non-cash items such as outstandings, advances, and credit transactions are ignored. Mercantile system or Accrual Basis. Under this system, all items of income and expenditure, both cash items as well as non-cash items, such as outstanding and accrued incomes and expenses are taken into account.

Question 2.
1. Dual aspect concept – Two aspects of a transaction are recorded.
________________- Expected loss should be taken in to account.
2. Accounting Principles – Principles followed by accountants
___________________- Norms to be observed by the accountant
Answer:

  1. Principle of prudence or conservatism.
  2. Accounting Standards.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 3.
Explain IFRS.
Answer:
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are globally accepted accounting standards developed by the International Accounting Standard Board (IASB). IFRS is a set of accounting standards for reporting different types of business transactions and events in the financial statements. The objective is to facilitate international comparison for the true and fair valuation of a business enterprise.

Question 4.
Complete the following circle.
Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting img1
Answer:
Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting img2

Question 5.
What is GAAP?
Answer:
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and Practices (GAAP), is a set of rules and practices that are followed while recording transactions and in preparing the financial statements.

The accounting assumptions, principles and modifying principles, as well as accounting standards, form the foundation upon which GAAP is built.

Question 6.
“Information delayed is information denied ”. State the principle applicable behind this statement.
Answer:
‘Timeliness principle’:
Timeliness implies that the financial statements are to be prepared and published in time. The relevance, dependability, and utility of the financial information depends on the timely publication of financial statements. The users of financial statements needs timely information.

Question 7.
Fixed Assets are depreciated over their useful life rather than over a shorter period. State the relevant accounting assumption. Explain.
Answer:
‘Going Concern Assumption’:
According to this concept, business will continue its operation long enough to allocate the cost of fixed assets over their useful lives against the income.

Question 8.
Financial Information should be neutral and free from bias. Comment on this statement with reference to the relevant accounting Principle.
Answer:
‘Verifiability and objectivity principle’:
This principle states that the accounting data provided in the books of accounts should be verifiable and dependable.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 9.
The sales achieved by a salesman and the commission payable to him is recorded in the books of accounts. But efficiency and intelligence of salesman is not recorded. Explain the reason with reference to the relevant accounting principle.
‘Money Measurement Concept’:
According to this concept, transactions that can be measured in terms of money only are recorded in the books of accounts. “The skill and intelligence of the salesman is not measurable in money terms.

Question 10.
Timely information, even if it is not cent percent reliable is better than reliable information which is late. Comment on this statement by quoting the accounting principle.
Answer:
‘Timeliness principle’:
Timeliness implies that the financial statements are to be prepared and published in time. The relevance, dependability, and utility of the financial information depends on the timely publication of financial statements. The users of financial statements need timely information.

Question 11.
‘Akash’ places an order on 1.1.2005 with Bino for the supply of machinery for Rs. 5,00,000/-. On receipt of the order, Bino purchases raw materials employs workers, produces machinery and delivers it to Akash on 1.2.2005. Akash makes the payment on 10.02.2005. On which date, the revenue is recognized? Substantiate your answer by quoting the relevant accounting concept. ‘Revenue Recognition Concept’.
Answer:
Revenue is recognized on 1.2.2005, i.e. when the title of goods passes from the seller to the buyer.

Question 12.
Star trading Co.Ltd. buys a piece of land for Rs. 50,00,000. After 2 years the value of land came to Rs. 70,00,000. But the accountant does not consider the increase in the value of Rs. 20,00,000 in the books of accounts and the land remains at Rs. 50,00,000 in the books. Do you agree with the accountant? If so, on what ground?.
Answer:
The accountant’s viewpoint is correct. This is based on the principle ‘Historical cost’. According to this principle, assets are to be recorded at their cost price and this cost is the basis for all subsequent accounting for those assets.

Question 13.
Mr. Muhammed, a sole trader, purchased a TV for Rs. 12,000/- for his domestic use and asks his accountant to record this as a business expense. But the accountant, argues that it is the violation of the accounting principle. Is he right? If so, prove your answer by highlighting the relevant accounting principle.
Answer:
The accountant’s viewpoint is correct because the business is separate from the businessmen as per the ‘‘Accounting Entity Concept”.

Question 14.
Provision for discount on debtors is accounted and provision for discount on creditors is not accounted. Why? State the relevant accounting principle.
Answer:
Accountant anticipates no profit but provide for all possible losses while recording business transaction. Conservatism principle or prudence.

Question 15
Name the systems of recording transactions in the book of accounts.
Answer:

  1. Double Entry System.
  2. Single Entry System.

Plus One Accountancy Introduction to Accounting Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
When a Proprietor purchased furniture at Rs. 10,000 for business purposes, he paid transportation and load¬ing charges of Rs. 1000 for bringing the furniture to the location of business premises. State whether it is possible to add the transportation and loading charges to the purchased price of furniture? What is the underlying principle behind it?
Answer:
1. Yes, it is possible to add transportation and loading charges to the purchased price of furniture.

2. “Historical cost principle” – This principle requires that all transactions should be recorded at their acquisition cost. The cost of acquisition refers to the cost of purchasing the asset and expenses incurred in bringing the assets to the intended condition and location of use.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 2.
Mr. Rajan Thomas invested Rs. 5,00,000 in his business. He is treated as a creditor to the extent of Rs. 5,00,000 by the business. Write the relevant accounting assumption and explain it.
Answer:
Accounting Entity Assumption:
This concept assumes that the entity of business is different from its owners. According to this concept, all the transactions of the business are recorded in the books of the business from the point of view of the business as an entity and even the owner is treated as a creditor to the extent of his capital.

Question 3.
An accountant followed a particular method of accounting in one year and in the next year he changes the method. Is it possible to get a better idea about the operation of the business?
Answer:
According to the Principle of “Consistency”, the frequent change in the accounting policies will adversely affect the reliability and comparability of financial information. The users of the financial statements assume that the business unit follows the same accounting principles and practices in preparing the financial statement.

If a change is adopted the business enterprises is required to record the fact as footnotes and to show the impact of such changes on financial affairs.

Question 4.
Classify the following into accounting assumptions, principles and modifying principles Accounting entity concept, dual concept, Money Measurement, Matching Principles, going concern concept, Accounting period concept, cost-benefit principle, consistency principle, Full disclosure principle, Timeliness, Historical cost principle.
Answer:
Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting img3

Question 5.
“Proprietor is treated as creditor to the extent of his capital.”

  1. Write the relevent accounting assumption
  2. Explain the concerned accounting assumption in relation to the statement given.

Answer:
Accounting Entity Assumption:
This concept assumes that the entity of business is different from its owners. According to this concept all the transactions of the business are recorded in the books of the business from the point of view of the business as an entity and even the owner is treated as a creditors to the extent of his capital.

Question 6.
“For every debit, there is an equal and corresponding Credit”.

  1. Explain the statement by citing an example.
  2. State the relevant accounting principle.

Answer:
1. “Every transaction has dual aspect i.e. debit and credit”.
For example Anish started business with Rs. 20,000. The effect of this transaction is that

  • It increases cash (asset) Rs. 20,000.
  • It increases capital Rs. 20,000.

The above transaction can be shown in the form of an accounting equation as follows Assets = Liabilities = Capital 20,000 = 0 + 20,000.

2. Duality Principle.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

Question 7.
When should revenue be recognised? Are there exceptions to the general rule?
Answer:
Revenue is assumed to be realised when a legal right to receive it arises in the point of time when goods have been sold or services has been rendered. There are certain exceptions to the general rule of revenue realisation.

  1. In the case of construction projects, revenue is realised before the contract is complete.
  2. When the goods are sold on hire purchase, the amount collected in instalments is treated as realised.

Plus One Accountancy Introduction to Accounting Four Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Mr. Damodar has confusion about the basic accounting assumptions. Can you help him to solve his confusion?

OR

Basic accounting assumption provides a foundation for the accounting process. Explain the Various accounting assumptions.
Answer:
Assumptions constitute the foundation of accounting. It lays down the general principles to be followed while preparing financial statements. There are four accounting assumptions. They are

  1. Accounting Entity Assumption.
  2. Money MeasurementAssumption
  3. Going Concern Assumption
  4. Accounting Period Assumption

1. Accounting Entity Assumption:
This concept assumes that the entity of business is different from its owners. The business is treated as a unit or entity separate from the person who control it. The proprietor is treated as a creditor to the extent of the amount invested by him on the assumption that he has given money and the business has received it.

2. Money MeasurementAssumption:
According to this concept, transaction that can be measured in terms of money only are recorded in the books of accounts. This helps to record different kinds of economic activities on a uniform basis. A business may have certain events that actually influence its working but is not capable of being expressed in monetary terms and hence, not record in the books of accounts. For eg: quality of products, sales policy, efficiency of M.D., etc.

3. Going Concern Assumption:
According to this concept, the business unit is assumed to have an indefinite life. There is no intention to wind up or end the business in the near future. Thus, considering the business as a perpetual one, its records are separately kept and maintained.

4. Accounting Period Assumption:
Under this concept, the accountings are done on a day-to-day basis are analysed for a particular period to find out the net results of the business as well as the financial position on a specific date.

Plus One Accountancy Introduction to Accounting Six Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
As an Accountant, explain the accounting principles you followed while preparing accounting records. Accounting principles are the general rules which govern the accounting techniques. The following are the major principles used in the accounting procedure.

1. Duality Principle:
According to this concept, each and every business transaction has two aspects- a giving aspect and a receiving aspect. The giving aspect of a transaction is called ‘credit’ and the receiving aspect of a transaction is called ‘debt’. Based on the duality principle, accounting equation is developed, ie; Asset = Liabilities + Capital.

2. Historical Cost Principle:
This principle requires that all transactions should be recorded at their acquisition cost. This principle is called historical, because the balance of assets and liabilities is carried forward from year to year to its acquisition cost, irrespective of increase or decrease in the market value of assets.

3. Matching Principle:
Under this concept, all the expenses, as well as the revenues of a particular period, should be accounted or otherwise it should be matched. In other words, it is the process of matching the revenue recognised during the period and the costs should be allocated to the period to obtain the revenue.

4. Full disclosure Principle:
This principle states that all information significant to the users of financial statements should be disclosed. It requires that all facts necessary to make financial statements not misleading must be disclosed.

5. Revenue Recognition Principle:
Revenue is the amount that a business earns through sale of goods or services. This principle helps in ascertaining the amount of revenue and the point of time at which it was realized. This principle is also called revenue realisation principle.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

6. Verifiability and Objectivity Principle:
This principle states that the accounting data provided in the books of accounts should be verifiable and dependable. The figures exhibited in the financial statements should have supportive evidence such as bills, vouchers, etc. The evidence substantiating the business transaction should be objective, i.e., free from the bias of the accountants or others.

Question 2.
Explain modifying principles of accounting?
Answer:
There are certain general conventions or principles which supplement the basic principles for the preparation of accounting records and financial statements. They are called modifying conventions or principles. The important modifying principles are:

  1. Cost-Benefit
  2. Materiality
  3. Consistency
  4. Prudence or conservatism
  5. Timeliness
  6. Substance over legal form
  7. Variation in accounting practices.

1. Cost-Benefit Principle:
This principle is a generally accepted norm that the cost of doing anything must not exceed the possible benefit that may be derived. This is applicable in the case of accounting also. Money spent for undertaking accounting work should definitely provide more benefit than the cost incurred.

2. Materiality Principle:
Materiality means relevance or importance or significance. As per this principle all material facts should be disclosed in the financial statements, but insignificant and immaterial facts need not be disclosed in details. For example, purchase of items like pen, pencil, scissors etc. are to be recorded as assets but practically these items are treated as expenses under the head stationery.

3. Consistency Principle:
Consistency means steadiness or unchanging nature. Accounting policies and practices adopted must be consistent for relatively reasonable period of time. The comparison of the financial statements of one year with that of another year will be effective and meaningful only if accounting practices and methods remain unchanged over year.

4. Conservatism or Prudence Principle This principle:
calls for losses while recording accounting information but at the same time does not permit anticipation of profits. This principle implies that while preparing financial statements all possible losses are to be provided for but incomes can be recognized only when there is certainty. It is base on the principle of prudence that stock is valued at market price or cost price whichever is les and provision is provided for doubtful debts.

5. Timeliness principle:
Timeliness implies that the financial statements are to be prepared and published in time. The relevance, dependability, and utility of the financial information depends on the timely publication of financial statements. The users of financial statements need timely information.

6. Principle of Substance over legal form:
This principle states that transactions and financial events are accounted for and presented in accordance with their substance and economic reality and not merely their legal form.

7. Variation in Accounting practices:
For the preparation of financial statements, the business enterprises are following certain specific guidelines and practices which are called generally accepted accounting principles and practices (GAAP). Certain industries may sometimes deviate from GAAP because of the peculiarity of its operation and practices.

Plus One Accountancy Introduction to Accounting Eight Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What do you mean by Accounting standards? Name the accounting standards issued by ASB.
Answer:
An Accounting standard is a selected set of accounting policies or broad guidelines regarding the principles and methods to be chosen out of several alternatives. Standard conforms to applicable laws, customs, usage and business environment. In India, the Accounting standard Board (ASB) has the authority of issuing Accounting standards.

The sole objective of Accounting standards is to harmonise the diversified policies to make the system more useful and effective. They lay down the norms of accounting policies and practices byway of codes or guidelines to direct as to how the items appearing in the financial statements should be dealt with in the books of account and shown in the financial statements and annual reports.

Plus One Accountancy Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Theory Base of Accounting

The ASB has issued 29 accounting standards. They are as follows:

  1. AS 1 – Accounting Standard 1 – Disclosure of Accounting Policies.
  2. AS 2 – Accounting Standard 2 – Valuation of Inventories
  3. AS 3 – Accounting Standard 3 – Cash Flow Statements
  4. AS 4 – Accounting Standard 4 – Contingencies and Events occurring after the Balance sheet date.
  5. AS 5 – Accounting Standard 5 – Net Profit or Loss for the period, prior period items and changes in accounting policies
  6. AS 6 – Accounting Standard 6 – Depreciation Accounting.
  7. AS 3 – Accounting Standard 7 – Accounting for Construction Contracts
  8. AS 8 – Accounting Standard 9 – Accounting for Research and Development
  9. AS 9 – Accounting Standard 9 – Revenue Recognition
  10. AS 10-Accounting Standard 10-Accounting for Fixed Assets
  11. AS 11 -Accounting Standard 11 -Accounting for the effects of changes in Foreign exchange rates
  12. AS 12 – Accounting Standard 12 -Accounting for Government grants
  13. AS 13-Accounting Standard 13-Accounting for Investments
  14. AS 14 – Accounting Standard 14 – Accounting for Amalgamations
  15. AS 15-Accounting Standard 15-Accounting for Retirement Benefit in the Financial statements of Employers
  16. AS 16 – Accounting Standard 16 – Borrowing costs
  17. AS 17 – Accounting Standard 17 – Segment Reporting
  18. AS 18 – Accounting Standard 18 – Related party Disclosures
  19. AS 19 – Accounting Standard 19 – Leases
  20. AS 20 – Accounting Standard 20 – Earning per share
  21. AS 21 – Accounting Standard 21 – Consolidated financial statements
  22. AS 22 – Accounting Standard 22 – Accounting for taxes on income
  23. AS 23 – Accounting Standard 23 – Accounting for investments in associates in consolidated financial statements
  24. AS 24 – Accounting Standard 24 – Accounting for discontinued operations
  25. AS 25 – Accounting Standard 25 – Interim Financial Reporting
  26. AS 26 – Accounting Standard 26 – Intangible Assets
  27. AS 27 – Accounting Standard 27 – Financial Reporting of interests in joint ventures.
  28. AS 28 – Accounting Standard 28 – Impairment of assets
  29. AS 29 – Accounting Standard 29 – Provisions, contingent liabilities, and contingent assets

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Students can Download Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination Questions and Answers, Plus One zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Plus One Neural Control and Coordination One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Resting membrane potential is maintained by
(a) Hormones
(b) Neurotransmitters
(c) Ion pumps
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Ion pumps

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 2.
The function of our visceral organs is controlled by
(a) Sympathetic and somatic neural system
(b) Sympathetic and para sympathetic neural system
(c) Central and somatic nervous system
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Sympathetic and para sympathetic neural system

Question 3.
Which of the following is not involved in Knee-jerk reflex?
(a) Muscle spindle
(b) Motor neuron
(c) Brain
(d) Inter neurons
Answer:
(c) Brain

Question 4.
Mark the vitamin present in Rhodopsin
(a) Vit A
(b) Vit B
(c) Vit C
(d) Vit D
Answer:
(a) Vit A

Question 5.
Human eyeball consists of three layers and it encloses
(a) Lens, iris, optic nerve
(b) Lens, aqueous humor and vitreous humor
(c) Cornea, lens, iris
(d) Cornea, lens, optic nerve
Answer:
(b) Lens, aqueous humor and vitreous humor

Question 6.
Name the structure which connects two cerebral hemisphere
Answer:
Corpus callosum

Question 7.
Name the region of keenest vision in our eye.
Answer:
Fovea or yellow spot

Question 8.
After playing on a giant wheel, we lost our balance. Why?
Answer:
Change in position of Otolith in ear gives mal information to the brain.

Question 9.
Arrange the ear ossicles in order from inner ear to the tympanum.
Incus Stapes Malleus
Answer:
Stapes → Incus → Malleus

Question 10.
Name the receptors respond to irritants such as ammonia, vinegar or hot chilly pepper.
Answer:
Pain receptors

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 11.
The tissues of eye and ear contain photoreceptors and the auditory receptors. Likewise, some are found as film of liquid coating in the membranes of the receptor cells. Name it.
Answer:
Chemoreceptors

Plus One Neural Control and Coordination Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Light ray → Lens → retina → pupil → cornea → brain → Vitreous chamber → Aqueous chamber → Optic nerve.
Correct the sequence.
Answer:
Light ray → Cornea → Aqueous chamber → Pupil → Lens → Vitreous chamber → Optic nerve → brain.

Question 2.
Classify the following into 3 groups and give appropriate headings.
Thalamus, Corporaquadrigerhina, Pons, hypothalamus, Cerebrum, Medulla Oblongata.
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 1

Question 3.

  1. Identify the above stages of nerve impulse conduction
  2. Name the ions involved in this process

Answer:

  1. Identification of above stages
    • I – Resting membrane potential
    • II – Action potential
  2. Na+, K+

Question 4.
Differentiate Blindspot and Yellow spot.
Answer:
1. Blind spot:
The spot at the back of the eye where the optic nerve originates is known as blind spot. Rods and canes are absent here. So the image falling at this spot cannot be carried to the brain.

2. Yellow spot:
Lateral to the blind spot is a depressed area called yellow spot which contains only canes. It is the area of sharpest vision.

Question 5.
‘Sudden death may occur due to the damage of Medulla oblongata’. Why?
Answer:
The medulla oblongata contains several centres which regulate heartbeat, respiration, gastric, secretion, vomiting etc. It carries the nerve fibres which connect spinal cord and cerebrum.

Question 6.
Observe the figure given below.

  1. Identify A & B
  2. Write the main function of part A.

Answer:

  1. Identification of A & B
    • A – Cochlea
    • B – Semicircular canals
  2. Maintenance of balance of the body and posture.

Question 7.
Where do you find bipolar and multipolar neurons in our body?
Answer:

  • Bipolar neuron – Retina of eye
  • Multipolar neuron – Cerebral cortex

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 8.
While playing cricket, the ball hit a boy’s head. He immediately vomited and felt difficulty to breath.

  1. Identify the part of brain affected.
  2. Give the function of the affected part.

Answer:

  1. Medulla oblongata
  2. The medulla oblongata contains several centres which regulate heartbeat, respiration salivation, vomiting, etc. It carries the nerve fibers which connect the spinal cord and cerebrum.

Question 9.
Nocturnal animals like bats and owls have vision during night. Give reason.
Answer:
Nocturnal animals like owls have only rods in the retina. The rods are sensitive to dim light and enable to see dim light and at night.

Question 10.
Observe the flow diagram of the pathway of a light ray entering the eye.
Lightray → lens retina →pupil → aqueous chamber → vitreous chamber → cornea → optic nerve → brain

  1. Correct the sequence.
  2. If the light ray falls on the blindspot, what will happen?

Answer:

  1. Light ray → cornea → pupil → aqueous chamber → lens → vitreous chamber → retina → optic nerve → brain
  2. Rods and cones’are absent in blind spot and so the image falling at this spot cannot be carried to the brain.

Question 11.
Arrange the following in the order of reception and transmission of the sound wave from the external auditory canal.
Answer:
Cochlear nerve, eardrum, stapes, incus, malleus, cochlea
Ear drum → malleus → incus → stapes → cochlea → cochlear nerve

Question 12.
Observe the given diagram.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 4

  1. Write any one difference between A and B.
  2. Through which neurone the impulse conduction is faster. Justify.

Answer:

  1. The difference between A and B
    • A – non-myelinated neuron
    • B – Myelinated neuron
  2. Impulse conduction is faster through myelinated neuron.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 13.
The given diagram is a part of myelinated nerve fibre.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 5

  1. Identify the part where there is no myelin sheath.
  2. Name the type of conduction going on in that type of nerve fibre.

Answer:

  1. Nodes of Ranvier
  2. Saltatory conduction

Question 14.
Observe the diagram.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 6
Identify A, B, C and D.
Answer:

  1. A – Nissl’s granule
  2. B – Myelin sheath
  3. C – NodeofRanvier
  4. D – Synaptic knob

Question 15.

  1. Identify the picture.
  2. Write the peculiarity of the picture.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 7

Answer:

  1. Bipolar neuron
  2. Bipolar neurons are the neurons with one axon and one dendrite

Question 16.
A patient approaches a doctor with a problem that he was not able to sleep for the last 6 months. The doctor said that it may be due to the defect in the relay centre of his brain and advised him to take sedative pills.

  1. Which part of brain is described here as ‘relay centre’?
  2. What are the actions of sedative pills in body?

Answer:

  1. Thalamus
  2. Sedative pills work in the Thalamus and prevent the transmission of impulses to cerebrum. Depress brain activity produce feelings of calmness, relaxation, drowsiness and deep sleep.

Question 17.
It is said that the number and pattern of convolutions are associated with the degree of intelligence.

  1. Is it true?
  2. If yes, give the scientific reason for it.

Answer:

  1. True
  2. More intelligent forms like mammals especially primates have more convolutions than lower forms.

Question 18.
Diagram below represents a neuron at resting membrane potential (RMP).
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 8
(a) How RMP is maintained?
(b) Draw the changes at the time of depolarization and explain how it happens.
Answer:
(a) RMP is maintained by
1. A resting membrane is poorly permeable to Na+ ions and Cl ions. But more permeable to K+ ions. The extra cellular fluid has a high concentration of Na+ ion and low concentration of K+ ions. But the intracellular medium has a reverse condition due to the permeability.

2. Sodium-Potassium pump maintain higher concentration of Na+ ions outside the membrane compared to the concentration of Na+ inside

(b)
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 9
When a neuron is stimulated, there is a momentary reversal of the resting potential. The reversal of polarity is known as depolarisation. When stimulated a resting membrane, sodium pump suddenly stops and sodium ions begin to enter the cells.

The presence of higher concentration of Na+ inside the cell cause the inside membrane +ve and outside become -ve. This condition is called depolarisation.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 19.
Copy the diagram and label A, B, C, D.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 10
Answer:

  1. A – Synaptic vesicles
  2. B – Synaptic cleft
  3. C – Presynaptic neuron
  4. D – Post synaptic neuron

Question 20.
A diagram showing the chemical synaptic transmission is given below. Based on the diagram prepare a flow chart showing the process of synaptic transmission.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 11
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 12

Question 21.
While playing cricket the ball hit a boy’s head. He immediately vomited and felt difficulty to breath.

  1. Identify the part of brain which may be affected by the incident.
  2. Give functions of this particular part of brain.

Answer:

  1. Medulla oblongata
  2. Control heart beat, regulate respiration, control circulation, control digestion, control peristalsis etc.

Question 22.
Observe the schematic representation related to maintaining resting membrane potential of an axon.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 13

  1. What are the conditions exhibited in the figure for maintaining resting membrane potential?
  2. What are the other conditions of resting membrane potential (not exhibited in the diagram)

Answer:

  1. High permeability of axon wall for K+, Highly negative charge protein in axoplasm, Na+ – K+ pump.
  2. High K+ concentration inside the axon, High Na+ concentration outside the axon, Low Na+ permeability the axon wall, 3Na+ ions for 2K+ ions.

Question 23.
Observe the portion of Brain and answer the following questions.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 14

  1. Name the covering of brain.
  2. Identify A, B and C.

Answer:

  1. Meninges
  2. Identification of A, B, and C
    • A – Dura mater
    • B – Arachnoid mater
    • C – Pia mater

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 24.
Identify the following figure and label the parts.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 15
Answer:
Reflex arc
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 16

Question 25.
When we step on a thorn, we withdraw our legs suddenly, if we are taking this thorn out, we will not withdraw our legs. Comment on these two statements.
Answer:
1st statement is a reflex action and 2nd statement is a process controlled by Brain.

Question 26.
Observe the picture.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 17

  1. Identify the part labelled as (x).
  2. In our retina there are more rod cells than cones. But our vision in darkness is poor. Give scientific explanation to this fact.

Answer:

  1. Yellow spot or fovea
  2. Image forms normally on yellow spot. In yellow spot rods are less and cones are more. So low dim light vision.

Question 27.
Find out the relationships and write the suitable word in the IVth place.

  1. Cornea: Sclera; Yellow spot: _________
  2. Incus: Middle ear; Cochlea: __________
  3. Scala vestibuli Perilymph; Scala media: __________
  4. Rods: Rhodopsin; Cones: ____________

Answer:

  1. Retina
  2. Inner ear
  3. Endolymph
  4. lodopsin

Question 28.
Arrange the organs according to the mechanism of hearing.
Oval window, Perilymph, Organ of Corti, Ear Ossicles, Pinna, Tectorial membrane, Endolymph, Auditory canal, auditory nerve, brain
Answer:
Pinna → Auditory canal → Ear ossicles → oval window → Perilymph → Endolymph → Organ of Corti → Auditory nerve → Brain

Question 29.
Copy the diagram and mark Tectorial membrane and sensory hair cell.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 18
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 19

Question 30.
Analyse the table and fill in the blanks given in the table with appropriate words.

Rods_______________
No ability to detect colour_______________
______________Cone pigments
_______________Cone shaped
Only one type___________________
___________________Photopic vision

Answer:

RodsCones
No ability to detectAbility to detect
colourcolour
RhodopsinCone pigments
Rod shapedCone shaped
Only one typeThree type
ScotopicPhotopic vision

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 31.
In animals like bats and owls photoreceptor cells of the retina have mainly rods.

  1. What can you infer from this?
  2. Write down the function of rods and cons.

Answer:

  1. Rod cells bring about vision in night or dim light vision.
  2. The function of rods and cons:
    • Cones are cone shaped sensory cells of retina that bring about vision in day light and also distinguish colours. There are three types of cone cells for sensing primary colours red, green and blue.
    • Rods are rod shaped sensory cells of the retina that bring about vision in night, but cannot distinguish colours.

Question 32.
Ear converts sound waves into neural impulses which are sensed and processed by the brain that enable to recognise sound. Construct a schematic diagram showing the mechanism of hearing the sound of a bell.
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 20

Question 33.
Arrange the structures found in the retina from inside to outside.
Cone cells, optic nerve, Ganglion cells, Bipolar neuron.
Answer:
Optic nerve → ganglion cells → Bipolar neuron → Cone cells

Question 34.

  1. Name the receptors of smell found as mucous coated thin, yellowish patch of modified pseudo stratified epithelium.
  2. Where is these receptors located?

Answer:

  1. Olfactory epithelium
  2. It is located at the roof of the nasal cavity on either sides of the nasal septum.

Question 35.
The diagram shows a section through a part of the human ear.

  1. Identify the parts labelled A, B and C.
  2. Which parts are involved in the equilibrium of the body.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 21

Answer:

  1. Identification of A, B and C.
    • A – Semicircular canal
    • B – Vestibule
    • C – Cochlea
  2. Semicircular canal and vestibule.

Question 36.
Why does red flower look black in dim light?
Answer:
Stimulation of cone cells require high intensity of light. In dim light the cone cells are not stimulated. That is why the red flower looks black in dim light.

Question 37.
The taste buds of Humans are located in pockets around the papillae on the surface and sides of the tongue, but some on the surface of the pharynx and the larynx.

  1. What are the four basic taste senses?
  2. Find out their location in tongue

Answer:

  1. sweet, sour, salt, and bitter
  2. sweet and salty on the front, bitter on the back, and sour on the sides.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 38.
The touch receptors are either free dendritic endings or encapsulated dendritic endings present in the skin.

  1. What are the main functions of receptors of free dendritic endings?
  2. Name the main receptors of encapsulated dendritic endings. Give its functions.

Answer:

  1. They respond to pain and temperature
  2. Meissner’s corpuscles, Pacinian corpuscles
    • Meissner’s corpuscles:
      These are found just beneath the skin epidermis in dermal papillae and abundant in fingertips and soles of the feet. These are light pressure receptors.
    • Pacinian corpuscles:
      These are scattered deep in the dermis and in the subcutaneous tissue of the skin .These are stimulated by deep pressure.

Plus One Neural Control and Coordination Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The following steps are involved during synaptic transmission. Rearrange them in correct order.

  1. Release of neurotransmitter at synaptic cleft.
  2. Generation of a new potential at post synaptic neuron
  3. Arrival of impulse at the axon terminal
  4. Binding of neurotransmitter with specific receptor
  5. Movement of synaptic vesicle towards the membrane.

Answer:

  1. Arrival of impulse at the axon terminal
  2. Movement of synaptic vesicle towards the membrane
  3. Release of neurotransmitter at synaptic cleft.
  4. Binding of neurotransmitter with specific receptor.
  5. Generation of a new potential at post synaptic neuron.

Question 2.
A sharp tap is given at your knee cap with rubber hammer. You suddenly stretch your leg.

  1. Give name of this response.
  2. Which nerve centre is involved in this action?
  3. Construct a flow chart of the pathway of impulses in this action.

Answer:

  1. Reflex action
  2. Spinal cord
  3. Receptors in knee ® Sensory fibres ® Interneuron effector organs response → Motor fibres

Question 3.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 22

  1. Identify the organ and label A and B.
  2. Gait of a drunkard is not normal. Why?
  3. The death sentence given by the court is always by “hanging” in our country. Why this is preferred to other ways?

Answer:

  1. Organ-Brain
    • A – Gray matter
    • B- White matter
  2. Alcohol effects the cerebellum which control and co-ordinate voluntary muscular action.
  3. Because death is less painful and fast as atlas pierces the medulla oblongata and it is smashed. Medullar oblongata is the control centre of respiratory and cardiac action. Stoppage of which cause death.

Question 4.
Make necessary correction in the flow chart given.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 23
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 24

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 5.
Match the following.

AB
CerebrumRespiration, Salivation, Vomiting
CerebellumRelay centre
Medulla oblongataSeat of mind and intelligence
Limbic systemPosture and equilibrium
HypothalamusMaster gland
PituitaryEmotional experiences and expressions.

Answer:

AB
CerebrumSeat of mind and intelligence
CerebellumPosture and Equilibrium
Medulla oblongataRespiration, Salivation, Vomiting
Limbic systemRelay centre
HypothalamusEmotional experiences and expressions
PituitaryMaster gland

Question 6.
Suppose you dramatically escaped from a motor accident. Your heart beat and rate of respiration was increased at that moment.

  1. Name the hormone involved in this change.
  2. Which part of nervous system control these action?
  3. Enlist other physiological changes that you may feel at that time.

Answer:

  1. Adrenalin and Non-adrenaline.
  2. Medulla oblongata.
  3. High metabolic rate, High BP, High body temperature, High level of glucose in blood, Pupil diabetes.

Question 7.
Observe the figure below show two ion channels.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 25

  1. This pump does not work on part of the axon. Why?
  2. Which are the ions participated in the process?
  3. Suggest the use of this process in nerve impulse conduction?

Answer:

  1. Myelin sheath: Myelin sheath act as insulator for axon and it increases the speed of nerve impulse conduction by saltatory conduction.
  2. Na+ and K+
  3. It creates action potential when stimulated by allowing the inward movement of Na+ ions through the Na channel and outward movement of K+ through K+ channel.

Question 8.
Neurons are the structural and functional unit of nervous system.

  1. Based on the number of axon and dendrites, how the neurons are classified.
  2. Give examples for each.
  3. Which neuron receives signal from a sensory organ and transmit the impulse to CNS.

Answer:

  1. Multipolar, bipolar and unipolar
  2. Examples
    • Multipolar – found in cerebral cortex
    • bipolar – found in the retina of eye
    • unipolar-found in embryonic state
  3. afferent neurons or sensory neuron.

Question 9.
Observe the figures a and b.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 26

  1. Mention the structural difference between the two neurons.
  2. Name the type of impulse transmission through fig B.
  3. Mention the functional difference between the two neutrons.

Answer:

  1. Fig a is non-myelinated neuron and Fig B is myelinated neuron.
  2. Saltatory conduction.
  3. In myelinated impulse transmission is very fast.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 10.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 27

  1. Identify the diagrammatic representation
  2. Name P & Q.
  3. Mention the function of P & Q.

Answer:

  1. Reflex action (knee jerk reflex)
  2. Name P & Q
    • P – Afferent pathway
    • Q – Efferent pathway
  3. The afferent pathway receives signal from a sensory organ and transmits the impulse into CNS. The efficient pathway carries signals from CNS to the effector.

Question 11.
A diagram of brain is given below.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination - 28

  1. Identify P Q R S
  2. Which part is responsible forthinking, memory and reasoning
  3. Name the nerve band which connects the two hemispheres of brain.

Answer:

  1. Identification of P Q R S
    • P – Cerebrum
    • Q – Thalamus
    • R – Pons
    • S – Corpus callosum
  2. Cerebrum
  3. Corpus callosum

Plus One Neural Control and Coordination NCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Compare the following:

  1. Central neural system (CNS) and Peripheral neural system (PNS)
  2. Resting potential and action potenial
  3. Choroid and retina

Answer:
1. Central Neural System and Peripheral Neural System:
The CNS includes the brain and the spinal cord and is the site of information processing and control. The PNS comprises of all the nerves of the body associated with the CNS (brain and spinal cord).

2. Resting Potential and Action Potential:
The electrical difference across the resting plasma membrane is called as the resting potential. When a stimulus is applied at a site on the polarised membrane, the membrane at the site becomes freely permeable to Na++.

The electrical potential difference across the plasma membrane at the site of stimulus is called the action potential, which is in fact termed as a nerve impulse.

3. Choroid and Retina.
The middle layer, choroid, contains many blood vessels and looks bluish in colour. The choroid layer is thin over the posterior two-third of the eye ball, but it becomes thick in the anterior part to form the ciliary body.

The inner layer is the retina and it contains three layers of cells – from inside to outside – ganglion cells, bipolar cells and photoreceptor cells.

Question 2.
Answer briefly:

  1. How do you preceivethe colour of an object?
  2. Which part of our body helps us in maintaining the body balance?
  3. How does the eye regulate the amount of light that falls on the retina.

Answer:
1. Cones are responsible for color vision. They require brighter light to function than rods require. There are three types of cones, maximally sensitive to long wavelength, medium-wavelength, and short-wavelength light (often referred to as red, green, and blue, repectively, though the sensitivity peaks are not actually at these colors).

2. The inner ear has three semi-circular canals forming cochlea. Cochlea is responsible for maintaining the body balance.

3. The pupil in the eye functions like an aperture. This dilates in case of low light and constricts in case of intense light thereby regulating the amount of light falling on the retina.

Question 3.
The region of the vertebrate eye, where the nerve passes out of the retina is called the
(a) fovea
(b) iris
(c) blind spot
(d) optic chiasma
Answer:
(c) Blind spot

Plus One Neural Control and Coordination Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Which of the following is not related to the autonomic nervous system?
(a) Peristalsis
(b) Digestion
(c) Excretion
(d) Memory and learning
Answer:
(d) Memory and learning

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 2.
Comprehension of spoken and written words take place in the region of
(a) association area
(b) motor area
(c) Wernicke’s area
(d) Broca’s area
Answer:
(c) Wernicke’s area

Question 3.
How many laminae are present in the grey matter of spinal cord?
(a) Four
(b) Six
(c) Eight
(d) Ten
Answer:
(d) Ten

Question 4.
Animals possess nerve or nervous systems to respond to their environment. But the single celled Amoeba does not possesses any nerve cell. so, how it come to know whether a particle it encounters is a grain of sand and not its dinner by?
(a) thermotaxis
(b) skin
(c) hormones
(d) chemotaxis
Answer:
(d) chemotaxis

Question 5.
Thermoregulatory centre of human body is associate with
(a) cerebrum
(b) cerebellum
(c) hypothalamus
(d) medulla oblongata
Answer:
(c) hypothalamus

Question 6.
Sensation of stomach pain is due to
(a) interoceptors
(b) exteroceptors
(c) proprioceptors
(d) chemotactors
Answer:
(a) interoceptors

Question 7.
Bipolar neurons occur in
(a) vertebrate embryos
(b) retina of eye
(c) brain and spinal cord
(d) skeletal muscles
Answer:
(b) retina of eye

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 8.
Which foramen is paired in mammalian brain?
(a) Foramen of Luschka
(b) Foramen of Magendie
(c) Foramen of Monro
(d) Inter-ventricular foramen
Answer:
(a) Foramen of Luschka

Question 9.
Which is thickened to form organ of Corti?
(a) Reissner’s membrane
(b) Basilar membrane
(c) Tectorial membrane
(d) All of these
Answer:
(b) Basilar membrane

Question 10.
Skeletal muscles are controlled by
(a) sympathetic nerves
(b) parasympathetic nerves
(c) somatic nerves
(d) autonomic nerves
Answer:
(c) somatic nerves

Question 11.
Which part of human brain is concerned with the regulation of body temperature?
(a) Medulla oblongata
(b) Cerebellum
(c) Cerebrum
(d) Hypothalamus
Answer:
(d) Hypothalamus

Question 12.
Alzheimer’s disease in humans is associated with the deficiency of
(a) dopamine
(b) glutamic acid
(c) acetyleholine
(d) Gamma Amino Butyric Acid (GABA)
Answer:
(c) acetyleholine

Question 13.
The posterior part of the retina, which is just opposite to the lens is
(a) cornea
(b) yellow spot
(c) fovea centralis
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
(b) yellow spot

Question 14.
In the central nervous system, myelinated fibres form the ______ while the non-myelinated fibre cells form the _________
(a) grey matter, white matter
(b) white matter, grey matter
(c) ependymal cells, neurosecretory cells
(d) neurosecretory cells, ependymal cells
Answer:
(b) white matter, grey matter

Question 15.
The potential difference across the membrane of nerve fibre when it does not shown any physiological activity is called resting potential. It is about
(a) -60mV
(b) -80mV
(c) +60mV
(d) +90mV
(e) -36mV
Answer:
(b) -80mV

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Neural Control and Coordination

Question 16.
Vomiting centre is located in the
(a) stomach and sometimes in duodenum
(b) gastro-intestinal tract
(c) hypothalamus
(d) medulla oblongata
Answer:
(d) medulla oblongata

Question 17.
The function of vagus nerve innervating the heart
(a) initiate the heart beat.
(b) reduce the heart beat
(c) accelerate the heart beat
(d) maintain constant heart heat
Answer:
(b) reduce the heart beat

Question 18.
The size of pupil is controlled by the
(a) ciliary muscles
(b) suspensory
(c) cornea
(d) iris muscles
Answer:
(d) iris muscles

Question 19.
An action potential in the nerve fibre is produced when positive and negative charges on the outside and the inside of the axon membrane are reversed because
(a) more potassium ions enter the axon as compared to sodium ions leaving it
(b) more sodium ions enter the axon as compared to potassium ions leaving it
(c) all potassium ions leave the axon
(d) all sodium ions enter the axon
Answer:
(b) more sodium ions enter the axon as compared to potassium ions leaving it

Question 20.
A 22 years student goes to his ophthalmologist. He has problem in reading books because he is not able to contract his
(a) suspensory ligament
(b) pupil
(c) iris
(d) ciliary muscles
Answer:
(d) ciliary muscles

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Students can Download Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations Questions and Answers, Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Find the number of different signals that can be made by arranging at least three flags in order on a vertical pole, if 6 different coloured flags are available.
Answer:

3 flags6 × 5 × 4 = 120 ways
4 flags6 × 5 × 4 × 3 = 360 ways
5 flags6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 = 720 ways
6 flags6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 720 ways

Hence the number of different atleast 3 flag signals = 120 + 360 + 720 + 720 = 1920.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 2.
2. Find the value of n such that

  1. nP5 – 42 × nP3, n>4
  2. (n -1 )P3: nP4 = 1 : 9 (3 score each)

Answer:
1. Given; nP5 = 42 × nP3
⇒ n(n – 1 )(n – 2)(n – 3)(n – 4) = 42 × n(n – 1)(n – 2)
⇒ (n – 3)(n – 4) = 42
⇒ n2 – 7n + 12 = 42
⇒ n2 – 7n – 30 = 0
⇒ (n – 10)(n + 3) = 0
⇒ n = 10; n = -3
The acceptable value is n = 10.

2. Given; 9 × (n – 1)P3 = nP4
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Three Mark Questions and Answers 2

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 3.
Find the value of r if

  1. 5 × 4Pr = 6 × 5Pr – 1
  2. 5Pr = 6Pr – 1 (3 score each)

Answer:
1. Given; 5 × 4Pr = 6 × 5Pr – 1
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Three Mark Questions and Answers 1
⇒ 30 – 11r + r2 = 6
⇒ r2 – 11r + 24 = 0
⇒ (r – 8)(r – 3) = 0
⇒ r = 8, 3
The acceptable answer is r = 3.

2. Given; 5Pr = 6Pr – 1
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Three Mark Questions and Answers 3
⇒ 42 – 13r + r2 = 6
⇒ r2 – 13r + 36 = 0
⇒ (r – 9)(r – 4) = 0
⇒ r = 9, 4
The acceptable answer is r = 4.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 4.
The letters of the word TUESDAY are arranged in a line, each arrangement ends in S.

  1. How many different arrangements are possible? (2)
  2. How many of them start with letter D? (1)

Answer:

  1. In the word TUESDAY there are 7 letters. When word end in S, there are only 6 possible arrangements. This can be done in 6! = 720
  2. The word start with D and end in S, this can be done in 5! = 120.

Question 5.
Consider the word ANNAMALAI

  1. How many new words can be formed using the given words? (2)
  2. Among the new words how many of them will begin with A and end with I. (1)

Answer:

  1. In the word ANNAMALAI there are 9 letters, of which A appears 4 times, N appears 2 times and the rest ail are different. Therefore the total number of ways is \(\frac{9 !}{4! \times 2 !}\) = 7560.
  2. The word start with A and end in I, this can be done in \(\frac{7 !}{3! \times 2 !}\) = 420.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 6.
Find the rank of the word NAAGI, if these words are written as in a dictionary.
Answer:
The order of the letters will be A, A, G, I, N
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Three Mark Questions and Answers 4
Therefore the position of ‘NAAGI’ is 24 + 12 + 12 + 1 = 49.

Question 7.
A committee of 3 persons is to be constituted from a group of 2 men and 3 women.

  1. In how many ways can be done? (1)
  2. How many of these committees would consist of 1 man and 2 women? (2)

Answer:
1. The required number of ways
= 5C3 = 5C2 = \(\frac{5 \times 4}{1 \times 2}\) = 10.

2. One man can be selected in 2C1. 2 women can be selected in 3C2
Therefore required number of ways
= 2C1 × 3C2 = 2 × 3 = 6.

Question 8.
It was found at a certain dinner meeting that after every member had shaken hand with every other members, 45 handshakes were interchanged. How many members were present at the metting?
Answer:
Let n be the member of person present in the meeting. The total number of handshakes is same as the number of ways of selecting 2 persons from among n persons.
The total number of handshakes = nC1 = 45
⇒ \(\frac{n(n-1)}{1 \times 2}\) = 45 ⇒ n2 – n – 90 = 0
⇒ (n – 10)(n + 9) = 0
⇒ n = 10, -9
n = 10 is acceptable.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 9.
In an exam, Arjun has to select 4 questions from each part. There are 6, 7 and 8 question in Part I, Part II and Part III, respectively. What is the number of possible combinations in which he can choose the question?
Answer:
Selecting 4 questions from Part I = 6C4 = 6C2
Selecting 4 questions from Part II = 7C4 = 7 C3
Selecting 4 questions from Part III = 8C4
The required number of ways
= 6C2 × 7C3 × 8C4 = 15 × 35 × 70 = 36750.

Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Find the number of different 8-letter arrangements that can be made from the letters of the word DAUGHTER so that

  1. all vowels occur together. (2)
  2. all vowels do not occur together. (2)

Answer:
1. DAUGHTER this word has 8 different letters. A, U, E are the vowels. Treat these 3 as one unit, then there are 6 units and can be permuted in 6! ways. The above vowels can be permuted in 3! ways. Hence the total number of words is 6! × 3! = 4320.

2. Number of words all vowels do not occur together = Total number of different words – number of words in which vowels come together
= 8! – 6! × 3! = 6!(8 × 7 – 6) = 2 × 6!(28 – 3)
= 50 × 6! = 36000.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 2.
How many permutations are there of the 11 letters in MISSISSIPPI

  1. taken all together? (2)
  2. all the I’s not come together? (2)

Answer:
1. In the word MISSISSIPPI there are 11 letters, of which S appears 4 times, I appears 4 times, P appears 2 times and the rest all are different.
Therefore the total number of ways is \(\frac{11 !}{4 ! \times 4 ! \times 2 !}\) = 34650.

2. 4 I’s are kept together and should be counted as one unit, then there are 8 units. The number of ways is \(\frac{8 !}{4 \times 2 !}\) = 840. Therefore the I’s not come together = Total arrangements – 4 I’s together.
= 34650 – 840 = 33810.

Question 3.
Find the number of arrangements of 6 boys and 5 girls in a row so that

  1. no two girls sit together. (2)
  2. boys and girls occupy alternate positions. (2)

Answer:
1. Since no two girls sit together, we have first arrange the 6 boys among themselves. This can be done in 6! ways.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 5
Now no two girls sit together if we place the girls in between boys. There are 7 places and it should be occupied by 5 girls, can be done in 7P5 ways. Therefore the total number of ways is 6! × 7P5 = 720 × 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 = 1814400.

2. Boys and girls occupy alternate position can be done as follows. First place the boys whose number is large.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 6
Boys can be arranged in 6! ways. The place between boys can be filled by 5 girls, can be done in 5! ways. Therefore the total number of ways is 6! × 5! = 720 × 120 = 86400.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 4.
If the letters of the word DHRONA be permuted and arranged as in a dictionary, find the rank of the word.
Answer:
The order of the letters will be A, D, H, N, O, R
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 7
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 8
Therefore the position of ‘DHRONA’ is 120 + 24 + 6 + 6 + 6 + 2 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 168.

Question 5.
If the letters of the word MOTHER be permuted and arranged as in a dictionary, find the rank of the word.
Answer:
The order of the letters will be E, H, M, O, R, T
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 9
Therefore the position of ‘MOTHER’ is 120 + 120 + 24 + 24 + 6 + 6 + 6 + 2 + 1 = 309.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 6.
How many

  1. Straight line (2)
  2. Triangles can be formed by joining 12 points, 4 of which are collinear. (2)

Answer:
1. Number of straight lines that can be formed using 12 points = 12C2 = \(\frac{12 \times 11}{1 \times 2}\) = 66. Number of straight lines that can be formed using 4 collinear points = 4C2 = \(\frac{4 \times 3}{1 \times 2}\) = 6.  Since the 4 points are collinear, the required number of lines = 66 – 6 + 1 = 61.

2. Number of triangles that can be formed using 12 points = 12C3 = \(\frac{12 \times 11 \times 10}{1 \times 2 \times 3}\) = 220.
Number of triangles that can be formed using 4 collinear points = 4C3 = 4. Since the 4 points are collinear, the required number of triangles = 220 – 4 = 216.

Question 7.
From 7 men and 4 ladies a committee of 6 is to be formed. In how many ways can this be done when the committee contains

  1. exactly two ladies. (2)
  2. at least two ladies. (2)

Answer:
1. Exactly two ladies can be selected from 4 in 4C2 = \(\frac{4 \times 3}{1 \times 2}\) = 6. The remaining 4 should be selected from 7 men in 7C4 = \(\frac{7 \times 6 \times 5 \times 4}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4}\) = 35. The required number of ways = 6 × 35 = 210.

2. Atleast 2 ladies can be selected as follows;
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 10
The required number of ways = 210 + 140 + 21 = 371.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 8.
A box contains 6 apples, 5 oranges, and 8 mangoes.

  1. In how many ways a fruit is selected from the box. (1)
  2. In how many different ways can an apple and an orange be selected. (1)
  3. In how many different ways a person take one apple, one orange, and one mango. (2)

Answer:

  1. The box contains 6 + 5 + 8 = 19 fruits, from this one fruit can be selected in 19C1 = 19 ways.
  2. An apple is to be selected from 6 apples and an orange be selected from 5 oranges. The required number of ways = 6C1 × 5C1 = 30.
  3. An apple is to be selected from 6 apples, an orange is to be selected from 5 oranges and one mango is to be selected from 8 mangoes. The required number of ways = 6C1 × 5C 1 × 8C1 = 240.

Question 9.
A student has to answer 6 out of 10 questions which are divided into two parts containing 5 questions each and he is permitted to attempt not more than 4 from any group. In how many ways can he make up his choice?
Answer:
The different possibilities are mentioned below;
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Four Mark Questions and Answers 11
The required number of ways
= 5C1 × 5C2 + 5C3 × 5C3 + 5C2 × 5C1
= 5 × 10 + 10 × 10 + 10 × 5 = 200.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 10.

  1. How many chords can be drawn through 15 points on a circle? (2)
  2. A bag contains 5 black and 6 red balls. Determine the number of ways in which 2 black and 3 red balls can be selected? (2)

Answer:

  1. Number of chords = 15C2 = \(\frac{15 \times 14}{1 \times 2}\) = 105
  2. Selection of 2 black and 3 red balls = 5C2 × 6C3 = 10 × 20 = 200.

Question 11.

  1. If nC2 = nC8 then find n
  2. Find n if nP5 = 42 × nP3; n> 4

Answer:
1. n = 2 + 8 = 10.

2. DAUGHTER this word has 8 different letters. A, U, E are the vowels. Treat these 3 as one unit, then there are 6 units and can be permuted in 6! ways. The above vowels can be permuted in 3! ways. Hence the total number of words is 6! × 3! = 4320.

Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Six Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Find the arrangements of letters of the word INDEPENDENCE. In how many of these arrangements,

  1. do the words start with P. (2)
  2. do all the vowels always occur together. (2)
  3. do the vowels never occur together. (1)
  4. do the words begin with I and end in P? (1)

Answer:
1. In the word INDEPENDENCE there are 12 letters, of which N appears 3 times, E appears 4 times, D appears 2 times and the rest all are different.

When the words start with P, then there are 11 letters to be filled in 11 spaces. Therefore the total number of ways is \(\frac{11 !}{3! \times 2 ! \times 4 !}\) = 138600.

2. The vowels EEEEI are to be kept together and should be treated as one unit. Then these vowels can be arranged in \(\frac{5 !}{4 !}\) ways. This single unit together with 7 letter will count to units, can be arranged in \(\frac{8 !}{3! \times 2 !}\). Therefore the total number of ways \(\frac{5 !}{4 !} \times \frac{8 !}{3 ! \times 2 !}\) = 16800.

3. Number of ways of arrangement with vowels do not come together = Total arrangement – vowels coming together.
= \(\frac{12 !}{3 ! \times 2 ! \times 4 !}\) – 16800 = 1663200 – 16800 = 1646400.

4. When the words start with I and ends with P, then there are 10 letters to be filled in 10 spaces. Therefore the total number of ways is \(\frac{10 !}{3 ! \times 2 ! \times 4 !}\) = 12600.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 2.
Consider the word ASSASSINATION.

  1. How many permutations are there of the letters of the given word? (2)
  2. How many different ways can be arranged so that the 4S’s come together? (2)
  3. How many different ways can be arranged so that the 4S’s do not come together? (1)
  4. How many begin with A? (1)

Answer:
1. In the word ASSASSINATION there are 13 letters, of which A appears 3 times, S appears 4 times, N appears 2 times, I appears 2 times and the rest all are different. Therefore the total number of ways is \(\frac{13 !}{3! \times 4 ! \times 2 ! \times 2 !}\) = 10810800.

2. 4 S’s are kept together and should be counted as one unit, then there are 10 units. The number of ways is \(\frac{10 !}{3! \times 2 ! \times 2 !}\) = 151200.

3. Number of words in which 4S’s do not come together = Total number of words – 4S’s together = 10810800 -151200 = 10659600.

4. The word will start with any one of the 4 A’s. Then total letter arrange will be 12. Number of words in which begin with A \(\frac{12 !}{2! \times 4 ! \times 2 ! \times 2 !}\) = 2494800.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 3.
A team of 11 cricket players is to be chosen from 15 players. In how many ways can this be done so as to:

  1. Include a particular player A. (2)
  2. Exclude a particular player B. (2)
  3. Include A and exclude B. (2)

Answer:
1. A particular player A is to be included, then selection of 10 is to be made from 14 players.
The required number of ways 14C10 = 14C4 = \(\frac{14 \times 13 \times 12 \times 11}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4}\) = 7 × 13 × 11 = 1001.

2. A particular player B is to be excluded, then selection of 11 is to be made from 14 players.
The required number of ways = 14C11 = 14C3 = \(\frac{14 \times 13 \times 12}{1 \times 2 \times 3}\)
= 14 × 13 × 2 = 364.

3. A particular player A is to be included and player B is to be excluded, then selection of 10 is to be made from 13 players. The required number of ways
= 13C10 = 13C3 = \(\frac{13 \times 12 \times 11}{1 \times 2 \times 3}\)
= 13 × 2 × 11 = 286.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 4.
What is the number of ways of choosing 4 cards from a pack of 52 playing cards? In how many of these

  1. four cards are of the same suit, (2)
  2. are face cards, (1)
  3. two are red cards and two are black cards, (2)
  4. cards are of the same colour? (1)

Answer:
Selection of 4 cards from 52 = 52C4
1. There are 4 suits in a pack of 52 playing cards. They are Club, Spade, Diamond, and Heart. Selecting 4 from each can be done in,
= 13C4 + 13C4 + 13C4 + 13C4
= 4 × 13C4 = 4 × \(\frac{13 \times 12 \times 11 \times 10}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4}\) = 2860.

2. There are 12 face cards in a pack of 52 playing cards. Selection 4 cards can be done in 12C4 = 495.

3. There are 26 red cards and 26 black in a pack of 52 playing cards. Selection of 2 cards should be done from each colour, this can be done in 26C2 × 26C2 = (325)2 = 105625.

4. Selection of 4 cards from same colour = 26C4 + 26C4 = 29900

Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers

Question 1.
There are 3 routes from place A to place B and 2 routes from place B to place C. Find how many different routes are there from A to C.
Answer:
By fundamental principle of counting, there are 2 × 3 = 6 different ways.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 2.
How many 3 digit numbers can be formed from the digits 1, 2 and 3, assuming that the repetition of digits is not allowed.
Answer:
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 12
By fundamental principle of counting, there are 1 × 2 × 3 = 6 different 3 digit numbers.

Question 3.
How many two-digit even numbers with distinct digits can be formed from the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Answer:

filled in 4 waysfilled by 2, 4 – 2ways

Hence by fundamental principle of counting, there are 4 × 2 = 8 different 2 digit even numbers.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 4.
Evaluate the following

  1. \(\frac{7 !}{5 !}\)
  2. \(\frac{12 !}{10 ! \times 2 !}\)
  3. 6P4
  4. 9P4
  5. 10P5

Answer:
1. \(\frac{7 !}{5 !}\) = \(\frac{7 \times 6 \times 5 !}{5 !}\) = 45

2.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 13

3. 6P4 = 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 = 360

4. 9P4 = 9 × 8 × 7 × 6 = 3024

5. 10P5 = 10 × 9 × 8 × 7 × 6 = 30240

Question 5.
Evaluate the following.

  1. 10C4
  2. 21C3
  3. 19C15
  4. 31C29 (1 score each)

Answer:

  1. 10C4 = \(\frac{10 \times 9 \times 8 \times 7}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4}\) = 10 × 3 × 7 = 210
  2. 21C3 = \(\frac{21 \times 20 \times 19}{1 \times 2 \times 3}\) = 7 × 10 × 19 = 1330
  3. 19C15 = \(\frac{19 \times 18 \times 17 \times 16}{1 \times 2 \times 3 \times 4}\) = = 19 × 3 × 17 × 4 = 3876
  4. 31C29 = \(\frac{31 \times 30}{1 \times 2}\) = 465.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 6.
How many five digits telephone numbers can be constructed using the digits 0 to 9 if each number starts with 67 and no digit appears more than once?
Answer:
Digits 6, 7 already used, so only 8 digits available to fill remaining 3 places.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 14
Hence by fundamental principle of counting there are 8 × 7 × 6 = 336 different 5 digit telephone numbers.

Question 7.
In how many ways can 5 persons sit in a car, two including the driver in the front seat and 3 in the back seat. If two particular person out of the 5 are to avoid the driver’s seat?
Answer:
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 15
Hence by fundamental principle of counting there are 3 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 72 different ways.

Question 8.
How many numbers can be formed from the digits 1, 2, 3 and 9 if repetition of digits is not allowed?
Answer:

Single digit4 ways
Two digit4 × 3 = 12 ways
Three digit4 × 3 × 2 = 24 ways
Four digit4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24 ways

Hence the number of total numbers = 4 + 12 + 24 + 24 = 64.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 9.
How many 3-digit even numbers can be formed from the digit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 if the digits can be repeated?
Answer:
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 16
Hence by fundamental principle of counting there are 6 × 6 × 3 = 108 different 3 digit even numbers.

Question 10.
How many 3-digit numbers can be formed from the digits 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 assuming that

  1. repetition of the digits is allowed? (1)
  2. repetition of the digits is not allowed (1)

Answer:
1.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 17
Hence by fundamental principle of counting there are 5 × 5 × 5 = 125 different 3 digit numbers.

2.
Plus One Maths Permutation and Combinations Practice Problems Questions and Answers 18
Hence by fundamental principle of counting there are 5 × 4 × 3 = 60 different 3 digit numbers.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Permutation and Combinations

Question 11.
How many 8 letter words, with or without meaning, can be formed using the word EQUATION, using each letter exactly once?
Answer:
EQUATION this word has 8 different letters. Different words that can be made from these letters is 81 = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 × 7 × 8 =40320.

Question 12.
Find the number of ways in which the letters of the word ASSISTANT can be arranged among themselves.
Answer:
In the word ASSISTANT there are 9 letters, of which S appears 3 times, A appears 2 times, T appears 2 times and the rest all are different. Therefore the total number of ways is
\(\frac{9 !}{3! \times 2 ! \times 2 !}\) = 15120.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Students can Download Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities Questions and Answers, Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Solve the following inequalities.

  1. \(\frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{3 x}{5}+4\right) \geq \frac{1}{3}(x-6)\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{2 x-1}{3}\right) \geq \frac{(3 x-2)}{4}-\frac{(2-x)}{5}\) (3 score each)

Answer:
1. Given;
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Three Mark Questions and Answers 1
⇒ 3(3x + 20) ≥ 10(x – 6)
⇒ 9x + 60 ≥ 10x – 60
⇒ 9x – 10x ≥ -60 – 60
⇒ -x ≥ -120 ⇒ x ≤ 120

2. Given;
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Three Mark Questions and Answers 2
⇒ 20(2x -1) ≥ 3[15x – 10 – 8 + 4x]
⇒ 40x – 20 ≥ 45x – 54 + 12x
⇒ 40x – 20 ≥ 57x – 54
⇒ 40x – 57x ≥ -54 + 20
⇒ -17x ≥ -34 ⇒ x ≤ 2

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Question 2.
1. Which of the following sets of inequality represent the second quadrant? (1)
(a) x < 0, y < 0
(b) x > 0, y > 0
(c) x < 0, y > 0
(d) x > 0, y < 0
2. Write the system of inequalities that represents the shaded rectangle in the figure given below: (2)
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Three Mark Questions and Answers 3
Answer:
1. (a) x < 0, y < 0

2. The shaded figure is a rectangle. The side parallel to x axis are y = -1 and y = 1. The side perpendicular to x axis are x = 2 and x = -2. Hence the inequality that represent the shaded region are
-2 ≤ x ≤ 2; -1 ≤ y ≤ 1.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Question 3.
Find all pairs of consecutive even positive integers both of which are smaller than10 such that their sum is less than 23.
Answer:
Consecutive even positive integers be x and x + 2. Then, x + x + 2 < 23; x + 2 < 10
⇒ 2x < 23 – 2; x < 10 – 2
⇒ x < \(\frac{21}{2}\) = 10.5; x < 8
⇒ 8 < x ≤ 10 Therefore x can take values 9, 10. Hence the pairs are (9, 10), (10, 9).

Question 4.
The longest side of a triangle is 3 times the shortest side and the third side is 2 cm shorter than the longest side. If the perimeter of the triangle is at least 61 cm, find the minimum length of the shortest side.
Answer:
Let the shortest side is x, then;
Longest side = 3x;
Third side = Longest side – 2 = 3x – 2
Perimeter = 3x + 3x – 2 + x ≥ 61 ⇒ 7x – 2 ≥ 61
⇒ 7x ≥ 61 + 2 ⇒ x ≥ \(\frac{63}{7}\) = 9.

Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Solve the following system of inequalities graphically.

  1. 2x – y > 1; x – 2y < -1
  2. x + y ≤ 9; y > x; x ≥ 0
  3. x – 2y ≤ 3; 3x + 4y ≥ 12; x ≥ 0, y ≥ 1
  4. 2x + y – 3 ≥ 0; x – 2y + 1 ≥ 0; y ≤ 3 (4 score each)

Answer:
1. 2x – y > 1; x – 2y < -1
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 4
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 5

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

2. x + y ≤ 9; y > x ⇒ x – y < 0
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 6
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 7

3. x – 2y ≤ 3; 3x + 4y ≥ 12
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 8
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 9

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

4. 2x + y ≥ 3; x – 2y ≤ -1
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 10
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Four Mark Questions and Answers 11

Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Solve the following inequalities.

  1. 4x + 3 < 5x + 7
  2. 3(x – 1) ≤ 2(x – 3) (1 score each)

Answer:
1. Given; 4x + 3 < 5x + 7
⇒ 4x – 5x < 7 – 3 ⇒ -x < 4 ⇒ x > -4.

2. Given; 3(x – 1) < 2(x – 3)
⇒ 3x – 3 ≤ 2x – 6 ⇒ 3x – 2x ≤ -6 + 3
⇒ x ≤ -3.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Question 2.
Solve the inequality \(\frac{3(x-2)}{5} \leq \frac{5(2-x)}{3}\).
Answer:
Given; \(\frac{3(x-2)}{5} \leq \frac{5(2-x)}{3}\)
⇒ 9(x – 2) ≤ 25(2 – x)
⇒ 9x – 18 ≤ 50 – 25x
⇒ 9x + 25x ≤ 50 + 18
⇒ 34x ≤ 68 ⇒ x ≤ 2.

Question 3.
Show the solution of each inequality on a number line.

  1. 4x + 3 < 6x + 7
  2. 5x – 3 ≥ 3x – 5
  3. 3(1 – x) < 2(x + 4)
  4. 2 – 3x < 2(x + 6)
  5. -3 ≤ 3 – 2x < 6 (2 score each)

Answer:
1. Given; 4x + 3 < 6x + 7 ⇒ 4x – 6x < 7 – 3
⇒ -2x < 4 ⇒ x > -2
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers 12

2. Given; 5x – 3 > 3x – 5 ⇒ 5x – 3x ≥ -5 + 3
⇒ 2x ≥ -2 ⇒ x ≥ 1.
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers 13

3. Given; 3(1 – x) < 2(x + 4) ⇒ 3 – 3x < 2x + 8
⇒ -3x – 2x < 8 – 3 ⇒ -5x < 5 ⇒ x > -1.
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers 14

4. Given; 2 – 3x < 2(x + 6) ⇒ 2 – 3x < 2x + 12
⇒ -3x – 2x < 12 – 2 ⇒ -5x < 10 ⇒ x > -2
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers 15

5. Given; -3 ≤ 3 – 2x < 6
⇒ -3 ≤ 3 – 2x; 3 – 2x < 6
⇒ -3 – 3 ≤ -2x; -2x < 6 – 3
⇒ -6 ≤ -2x; -2x < 3 ⇒ 3 ≥ x; x > \(-\frac{3}{2}\) ⇒ \(-\frac{3}{2}\) < x ≤ 3
Plus One Maths Linear Inequalities Practice Problems Questions and Answers 16

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities

Question 4.
The marks obtained by a student of class XI in first and second terminal examination are 62 and 48, respectively. Find the minimum marks he should get in the annual examination to have an average of at least 60 marks.
Answer:
Let x denote the mark obtained by the student in Class XI examination, then;
\(\frac{62+48+x}{3}\) ≥ 60 ⇒ 110 + x ≥ 1800 ⇒ x ≥ 70.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Students can Download Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction Questions and Answers, Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
For all n ≥ 1 , prove that
12 + 22 + 32 +……….+ n2 > \(\frac{n^{3}}{3}\)
Answer:
Let p(n): 12 + 22 + 32 + n2
Put n = 1 ⇒ p(1) = 1 > \(\frac{1}{3}\) which is true.
Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): 12 + 22 + 32 +……….+ k2 > \(\frac{k^{3}}{3}\)
Let p(k + 1): 12 + 22 + 32 +…….+ k2 + (k + 1)2 > \(\frac{k^{3}}{3}\) + (k + 1)2
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Three Mark Questions and Answers 1
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Three Mark Questions and Answers 2
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 2.
For all n ≥ 1 , prove that 1 + 2 + 3 +…….+ n < \(\frac{1}{8}\)(2n + 1)2
Answer:
Let p(n): 1 + 2 + 3 +…….+ n ,
Put n = 1 ⇒ p(1) = 1 < \(\frac{9}{8}\) which is true.
Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): 1 + 2 + 3 +…….+ k < \(\frac{1}{8}\)(2k + 1)2
Let p(k +1): 1 + 2 + 3 +……..+ k + (k +1) < \(\frac{1}{8}\) (2k + 1)2 + (k + 1)
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Three Mark Questions and Answers 3
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Question 3.
For all n ≥ 1, prove that p(n): 23n – 1 is divisible by 7.
Answer:
p(1): 23(1) – 1 = 8 – 1 = 7 divisible by 7, hence true. Assuming that for p(k)
p(k) : 23k – 1 is divisible by 7.
23k – 1 = 7M
P(k + 1): 23(k + 1) – 1 = 23k + 3 – 1
= 23k23 – 1 = 23k × 8 – 1
= 23k × 8 – 8 + 7 = 8(23k – 1) + 7
= 8(7M) + 7
Hence divisible by 7. Therefore by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 4.
For all n ≥ 1, prove that p(n): n3 + (n + 1)3 + (n + 2)3 is divisible by 9.
Answer:
p(1): 1 + 23 + 33 = 1 + 8 + 27 = 36 divisible by 9, hence true. Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): k3 + (k + 1)3 + (k + 2)3 is divisible by 9.
⇒ k3 + (k + 1)3 + (k + 2)3 = 9M
p(k +1 ): (k + 1)3 + (k + 2 )3 + (k + 3)3
= (k +1)3 + (k + 2)3 + k3 + 9k2 + 27k + 27
= [(k + 1)3 + (k + 2)3 + k3] + 9[k2 + 3k + 3]
= 9M + 9[k2 + 3k + 3]
Hence p(k + 1)divisible by 9. Therefore by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
For all n ≥ 1, prove that
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 4
Answer:
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 5
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 2.
For all n ≥ 1, prove that
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 6
Answer:
Let
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 7
Assuming that true for p(k)
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 8
Let p(k + 1):
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 9
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 3.
For all n ≥ 1 , prove that 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 +………+ n(n + 1)(n + 2) = \(\frac{n(n+1)(n+2)(n+3)}{4}\).
Answer:
Let p(n): 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 +……..+ n(n + 1)(n + 2),
Put n = 1
p(1) = \(\frac{1(1+1)(1+2)(1+3)}{4}\) = 6 which is true.
Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): 1.2.3 + 2.3.4 +……..+ k(k + 1)(k + 2) = \(\frac{k(k+1)(k+2)(k+3)}{4}\),
Let p(k + 1)
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 10
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 11
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 4.
For all n ≥ 1, prove that
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 12
Answer:
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 13
Plus One Maths Principle of Mathematical Induction Four Mark Questions and Answers 14
Hence by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 5.
For all n ≥ 1 , prove that p(n): n(n + 1 )(n + 5) is divisible by 3.
Answer:
p(1): 1(1 + 1)(1 + 5) = 12divisible by 3, hence true. Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): k(k + 1)(k + 5) is divisible by 3.
k(k + 1)(k + 5) = 3M
p(k + 1): (k + 1)(k + 2)(k + 6)
= (k + 1)(k2 + 8k + 12)
= (k + 1)(k2 + 5k + 3k +12)
= (k + 1)[k(k + 5) + 3(k + 6)]
= [k(k + 1)(k + 5) + 3(k + 1)(k + 6)]
= [3M + 3(k + 1)(k + 6)]
= 3[M + (k + 1)(k + 6)]
Hence divisible by 3. Therefore by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Maths Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Principle of Mathematical Induction

Question 6.
For all n ≥ 1 , prove that p(n): 2.7n + 3.5n – 5 is divisible by 24.
Answer:
p(1): 2.71 + 3.51 – 5 = 14 + 15 – 5 = 24 divisible by 24, hence true. Assuming that true for p(k)
p(k): 2.7k + 3.5k – 5 is divisible by 24.
⇒ 2.7k + 3.5k – 5 = 24M
p(k + 1): 2.7k + 1 + 3.5k + 1 – 5
= 2.7k.7 + 3.5k.5 – 5
= 2.7k.(6 + 1) + 3.5k.(4 + 1) – 5
= 12.7k + 2.7k + 12.5k + 3.5k – 5
= 12(7k + 5k) + (2.7k + 3.5k) – 5
= 12(7k + 5k) + 24M
7k And 5k are odd numbers, therefore (7k + 5k) will be an even and will be divisible by 24, Hence p(k + 1)divisible by 24. Therefore by using the principle of mathematical induction true for all n ∈ N.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Students can Download Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement Questions and Answers, Plus One zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Plus One Locomotion and Movement One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Ribs are attached to
(a) Scapula
(b) Sternum
(c) Clavicle
(d) llium
Answer:
(d) llium

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 2.
What is the type of movable joint present between the atlas and axis?
(a) Pivot
(b) Saddle
(c) Hinge
(d) Gliding
Answer:
(a) Pivot

Question 3.
ATPase of the muscle is located in
(a) Actinin
(b) Troponin
(c) Myosin
(d) Actin
Answer:
(c) Myosin

Question 4.
Macrophages and leucocytes exhibit
(a) Ciliary movement
(b) Flagellar movement
(c) Amoeboid movement
(d) Gliding movement
Answer:
(c) Amoeboid movement

Question 5.
Which one of the following is not a disorder of bone?
(a) Arthritis
(b) Osteoporosis
(c) Rickets
(d) Atherosclerosis
Answer:
(d) Atherosclerosis

Question 6.
Suggest a suitable word for the fourth place

  1. thin filament : Actin :: Thick filament : ___________
  2. Pelvic girdle : humerus :: Pelvic girdle : ___________

Answer:

  1. myosin
  2. Femur

Question 7.
Copy the paragraph below about the structure of a striated muscle. Choose the words from the following list & fill up the gaps.

Under lightmicroscope, the striated muscle shows ________ (a) band & _______ (b) band. The distance between 2 adjacent Z lines is known as __________ (c).
(sarcomere, lightband, A band, H-zone, M line, darkband)
Answer:
(a) Ligthband
(b) Darkband
(c) Sarcomere

Question 8.
A person is suffering from joint pain. His blood test shown increased amount of Uric acid. What will be the diagnosis?
Answer:
Gout

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
The infants have 33 vertebrae in the vertebral column. But an adult has only 26 vertebrae. What will happen to the remaining vertebrae.
Answer:
Ulna

Plus One Locomotion and Movement Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The axial skeleton contains 80 bones. Make a table according to where it is seen and number of bones present in each section.
Answer:

Skull29
Vertebral column26
Ribs24
Sternum1
Total80

Question 2.
One of the following statements is incorrect. Find and correct it.

  1. The number of cervical vertebrae is seven in all mammals except human beings.
  2. Thoracic vertebrae, ribs and sternum together make ribcage.
  3. Accumulation of uric acid in joints leads to gout.

Answer:
Statement 1 is incorrect. The number of cervical vertebrae is seven in all mammals including human beings.

Question 3.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 1

  1. Name the process shown here, which theory explain this process ?
  2. Draw and complete the process.

Answer:
1. Muscle contraction, Sliding – filament theory

2.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 2

Question 4.
Red muscle fibers have greater capacity to do work for a prolonged period where as white muscles suffer from fatigue after a short time. Give reason.
Answer:
Red muscle fibers are red in colour due to the presence of large amount of myoglobin. Myoglobin is an oxygen storing pigment. These muscle also contain plenty of mitochondria which can utilise the large amount of oxygen stored in them for ATP production.

So red muscle fibers have greater capacity to do work for a prolonged period. White muscle fibers possess very less quantity of myoglobin and mitochondria.

Question 5.
Shoulder joints are not very stable. But they are freely movable. Give reason?
Answer:
Shoulder joints are freely movable joint or synovial joint. In this type of joint there is presence of a fluid filled synovial cavity between the articulating surfaces of the two bones. Such an arrangement allows considerable movement.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 6.
Name the types of joint between the following.

  1. Atlas/axis
  2. Between Cranial bones
  3. Carpal/Meta carpel of thumb
  4. Between Humerus and pectoral girdle

Answer:

  1. Pivot joint
  2. Fibrous joint
  3. Saddle joint
  4. Ball and socket joint

Question 7.
Analyse the table & fill in the blanks with appropriate words.

RadiumForearm
(a)Femur
Atlas(b)
Frontal bone(c)
HumerusUpper arm

Answer:

RadiumFore arm
Thigh boneFemur
AtlasFirst vertebrae
Frontal boneCranium
HumerusUpper arm

Question 8.
The last two pairs of ribs are called floating ribs.

  1. What do you meant by the term floating ribs?
  2. What are true ribs?

Answer:

  1. Last 2 pairs of ribs are not connected ventrally to the sternum. There ribs are called floating ribs.
  2. First seven pairs of ribs are called true ribs. Dorsally, they pre attached to the thoracic vertebrae and ventrally connected to the sternum with the help of hyaline cartilage.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
Some joints in the body are characterized by pressure of a fluid filled cavity between articulating surfaces of two bones. Mention the peculiarity of these types of joint and give examples?
Answer:
This type of joint in called synovial joint or freely movable joint and allows considerable movement.
eg:

  1. Ball and socket joint (between humerus and pectoral girdle)
  2. Hinge joint (knee joint)

Question 10.
A muscle cell viewed under a microscope shown the following characters.

  • Sarcolemma – Present
  • Shape – Cylindrical
  • Nucleus – Multinuclear
  • Striation – Present
  1. Identify the muscle cell.
  2. Calcium ions are necessary for muscle contraction.

Answer:

If a muscle is placed in a solution containing calcium ions. Does the muscle contracts? Substantiate.
Answer:

  1. Skeletal muscle
  2. No. For muscle contraction to occur, presence of Ca++ ions intracellularly is needed.

Question 11.
Pictorial representation of tissue is given in a lab diary with only one labelling – intercalated discusing your knowledge about tissue.

  1. Identify the tissue.
  2. Draw the structure of tissue and label the parts.

Answer:
1. Cardiac muscle

2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 3

Question 12.
You can move your hands at your will. But you can’t move your heart at your will. Comment.
Answer:
Muscles of the hand are skeletal muscles and they are voluntary muscle. Muscles of the heart are cardiac muscles and they are involuntary muscles.

Question 13.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 4

  1. Identify the muscle cell
  2. Mention its function.

Answer:

  1. Non-striated muscle (smooth muscle)
  2. Smooth muscles are involuntary muscles located in the inner visceral organs like alimentary canal, reproductive tract etc. So they help the transportation of food through digestive tract and gamete through the genital tract.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 14.
An investigation was arrived out to find the effect of the temperature on muscle contraction. The results are shown in the graph.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 5

  1. Describe and suggest an explanation for one effect of temperature on muscle contraction.
  2. Name the filaments involved in muscle contraction.

Answer:

  1. When temperature increases muscle contraction increases, but when temperature decreases the extend of muscle contraction decreases, but the time remain in the contracted state increases,
  2. Actin and myosin

Question 15.
The red colour of the blood is due to the presence of hemoglobin in it. Certain skeletal muscles are red in colour even though they lack hemoglobin. Now explain how the red muscles have that particular colour.
Answer:
Muscle contains a red coloured oxygen storing pigment called myoglobin. Myoglobin content is high in some skeletal muscles which gives a reddish appearance.

Question 16.
Actin, Troponin, Biceps, Muscles of blood vessels, Muscles of heart, Myosin, Muscles of reproductive tract, Tropomyosin, Muscles of Alimentary canal, Triceps.
Rearrange the terms in four columns on the basis of their similarity and give appropriate headings for each columns.
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 6

Question 17.
Identify the myofibril and label the parts given below.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 7

Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 8

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 18.
Length of A band remains unchanged during muscular contraction. Is this statement true or false? Justify.
Answer:
True. A band or anisotropic band is the region where both thick filaments and thin filaments are present. During muscular contraction, the length of thick filament or thin filament does not change.

Question 19.
Match the column I with column II.

Column IColumn II
1. Red muscle1. Pelvic girdle
2. Suture2. Globular protein
3. Ischium3. Immovablejoint
4. Troponin4. Mybglobin
5. Sternum

Answer:

Column IColumn II
1. Red muscle4. Mybglobin
2. Suture3. Immovable joint
3. Ischium1. Pelvic girdle
4. Troponin2. Globular protein

Question 20.
Complete the division of human skeletal system by filling the blanks.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 9
Answer:
(a) Axial
(b) Vertebral column
(c) 12
(d) One

Question 21.
Arrange the following bones into two columns and give proper heading to each columns.
Scapula, Carpals, Femur, Fibula, Tibia, Tarsals, Acetabulum, Metatarsals, Radius, Humerus, Glenoid cavity, Clavicle, Metal Carpals, Phalanges, Patella, Ilium, Ischium, Pubis.
Answer:

Pectoral girdle and
bones of forelimb
Pelvic girdle and Bones
of Hind Limb
ClavicleIlium
ScapulaIschium
HumerusPelvis
RadiusFemur
UlnaPatella
 CarpalsTibia
MetacarpalsFibula
PhalangesMetatarsal
phalanges

Question 22.
Your lungs and Heart are well protected in a cage. Which bone contributes to it?
Answer:
In an infant, there are 33 vertebrae in the vertebral column. Five of these bones fuse to form the sacrum and four of other join to become the coccyx. As a result, an adult vertebral column has 26 vertebrae.

Question 23.
There are joints at your shoulders and elbows. But their movement is different. Give reason.
Answer:

  • Shoulder joint – Ball and socket joint
  • Elbow joint – Hinge joint

Question 24.
What are the different type of movement shown by human cells?
Answer:
Amoeboid, ciliary and muscular and flagellar movement.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 25.
Fill the gaps.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 10

Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 11

Question 26.
Draw a flow chart showing the flow of stimulus that results in muscle contraction. (Start from Neuromuscular junction)
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 12

Question 27.
Match the following.

AB
a. Fixed jointShoulder joint
b. Ball and socket jointsWrist and ankle
c. Hinge jointsPhalanges of hind limbs
d. Pivot jointsBones of skull
e. Gliding jointsElbow and joints of phalanges
f. Ellipsoid jointsSkull and vertebral column.

Answer:

AB
a. Fixed jointBones of skull
b. Ball and socket jointsShoulder joint
c. Hinge jointElbow and joints of Phalanges
d. Pivot jointSkull and vertebral column
e. Gliding jointWrist and ankle
f. Ellipsoid jointPhalanges of hind limbs

Question 28.
Write the odd one out and give the reason for your answer.

  1. Fibrous joints, Ball and socket joints, hinge joints, pivot joints
  2. Humerus, Femur, Radius, Ulna.

Answer:

  1. Fibrous joints: They are immovable joints of the bones of skull whereas all others are freely movable joints.
  2. Femur: It is the thigh bone whereas all other are the bones of the forelimb

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 29.
Bones of the older people turn brittle and break quickly.

  1. Name the bone disorder stated above.
  2. List any two reasons for the above disorder.

Answer:

  1. Osteoporosis
  2. reasons for the above disorder
    • Imbalance of hormones like thyrocalcitonin, parathyroid and sex hormones.
    • Deficiency of calcium and Vitamin D.

Question 30.
When you ride a bicycle two majorjointsofyourleg should perform properly.

  1. Name the joints.
  2. To which type of synovial joints these belong?

Answer:

  1. Knee joint, Hip Joint
  2. Hinge joint, Ball and Socket joint

Question 31.
In human body different type of movement shown by some cells.

  1. Name the type of movement shown by human sperm.
  2. Which is the part of sperm help this movement?

Answer:

  1. Flagellar movement
  2. Whip like movement of the tail and the middle piece of the sperm

Plus One Locomotion and Movement Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
State one difference in each of the following pairs on the basis of what is indicated in brackets.

  1. Glenoid cavity and acetabulum (location and function)
  2. Osteoarthritis and Gout (cause)

Answer:
1. Glenoid cavity:
It is a cap like depression in the pectoral girdle to which the head of the humerus fits in.

Acetabulum:
It is a cap like depression present in the pelvic girdle to which head of the femur bone fits in.

2. Osteoarthritis:
It is caused by the degeneration of the articular cartilage.

Gout:
It is caused by accumulation of uric acid crystals.

Question 2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 13

  1. Observe the diagram and identify the type of joint.
  2. Where can you find this type of joints in your body?
  3. Comment on its ability to move.

Answer:

  1. Ball and socket joint
  2. Shoulder joints and Hip joints
  3. In ball and socket joint, one of the bones forms a ball like head while the other forms a cup like socket into which head fits in. It allows the free movement of the bone with the ball like head.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 3.
X-ray photography of forelimb of a person is given here. One of the bones found to be fractured. Name the bone with fracture.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 14
Answer:
a. (i) Across:
1. Hyoid
3. Cranium
4. Pelvic girdle

(ii) Down:
2. Coccyx
5. Ulna

b. Hyoid and cranium

Question 4.
According to colour, muscles are of two types.

  1. Name the two muscles.
  2. Why are they called so?
  3. Give examples.

Answer:

  1. Red muscle and white muscle.
  2. Red muscles contain large amount of mitochondria and myoglobin whereas the white muscles contain only less amount of mitochondria and myoglobin.
  3. Examples
    • Red muscles – Extensor muscles on the back.
    • White muscles – muscles of the eye ball.

Question 5.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 15

  1. Observe the above graph and find out the region of graph where muscle show maximum contraction. Justify your answer.
  2. Name the different types of muscle proteins present in thick and thin filaments.
  3. Ca2+ is necessary for muscle contraction. Why?

Answer:
1. Region 2 During Muscular contraction amount of Ca2+ released from ER is very high.

2. Thick filament – Muscle protein – myosin
Thin filament – Muscle protein – actin, troponin, tropomyosin.

3. Muscle contraction is regulated by a regulator protein troponin. Troponin mask the active site of actin molecule from myosin head, Action potential reaching a muscle cause the ER to release Ca2+.

This Ca2+ bind with the specific site of troponin. It causes a conformational change by which the active site of actin molecule is exposed and it results in cross bridge activity and muscle contraction.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 6.
Will muscle contraction occur in the following conditions. Justify your answer.

  1. Troponin is removed from the thin filament.
  2. No ATP is supplied to the muscle.
  3. All endoplasmic reticulum are removed from muscle cells.

Answer:

  1. Muscle contraction occur.
  2. Muscle contraction does not occur. Attachment and detachment of myosin head to actin molecule requires ATP.
  3. No muscle contraction. Ca2+ necessary for muscular contraction is released from endoplasmic reticulum.

Question 7.
The given statements are about the structure of muscles. Categorise them into a table giving appropriate headings.

  1. These muscles have striation.
  2. These are found inside the wall of hollow internal organs.
  3. These muscles have no striations.
  4. They are voluntary muscles.
  5. They are muscles of the arms and legs.
  6. They are involuntary muscles

Answer:

Skeletal MuscleSmooth muscle
1. These muscles have striation2. These muscles are found inside the wall of hollow internal organs.
4. They are voluntary muscles.3. These muscles have no striation
5. They are muscles of the arms and legs6. They are involuntary muscles

Question 8.
Observe the following diagram.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement - 16

  1. Identify A, B, C, D.
  2. What is Sarcomere?
  3. List out the changes takes place during muscle contraction to ABC and D.

Answer:

  1. Identification
    • A – Sarcomere
    • B – Hzone
    • C – Aband
    • D – Iband
  2. A sarcomere is the region between two adjacent Z line. It is formed of a complete A band in the middle and halves of two I bands present on either side.
  3. the changes takes place during muscle contraction to ABC and D:
    • A – Two Z lines of the sarcomere come close together resulting in the shortening of the sarcomere.
    • B – H – Zone completely disappears.
    • C – No change in the length of A band
    • D – I – band get reduced

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
Give any example of synovial joint.
Answer:

  1. Ball and socket joint (between humerus and pectoral girdle)
  2. Hinge joint – knee joint

Question 10.
Suppose a person is suffering from calcium deficiency for a prolonged time. How does it affect muscular contraction? (Note: Description necessary)
Answer:
Muscle contraction begins when a nerve impulse reaches at the neuromuscular junction. During this time the sarcoplasmic reticulum releases Ca2+. The Ca2+ binds with the specific site of the troponin of the actin filament.

This causes a conformational change in the troponin molecule and expose the active site on the actin molecule. Myosin filament binds with the active site of actin and there is formation a cross bridge. By the movement of cross bridge contraction occurs.

The contraction is followed by relaxation and it occurs when Ca2+ in pumped back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum. As a result, the troponin molecules became free to mask the active site of the myosin head.

Question 11.
Identify the following diseases noting the symptoms given below

  1. The liver is affected, skin and eyes turn yellow due to the deposit of bile pigments.
  2. Difficulty in breathing causing wheezing due to the inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles.
  3. Chronic disorder in which alveolar walls are damaged mainly due to cigarette smoking.
  4. Auto immune disorder affecting neuro muscular junction leading to fatigue, weakening and paralysis of skeletal muscles.
  5. Inflammation of joints due to deposition of uric and crystals.
  6. Age related disorder due to decreased level of estrogen, characterised by decreased bone mass and increased chances of fractures.

Answer:

  1. Jaundice
  2. Asthma
  3. Emphysema
  4. Myasthenia gravis
  5. Gout
  6. Osteoporosis

Question 12.
Identify the following tissues and write down their location.

  1. Loose connective tissue which stores fat.
  2. Dense connective tissue which connect bone to bone.
  3. A contractile tissue which possess intercalatory disc.

Answer:

  1. Adipose tissue – beneath the skin
  2. Ligament – attach one bone to another
  3. Cardiac muscle – heart

Plus One Locomotion and Movement NCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define sliding filament theory of muscle contraction.
Answer:
Sliding Filament Theory of Muscle Contraction Mechanism of muscle contraction is best explained by the sliding filament theory which states that contraction of a muscle fibre takes place by the sliding of the thin filaments over the thick filaments.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 2.
Describe the important steps in muscle contraction.
Answer:
Muscle contraction is initiated by a signal sent by the central nervous system (CNS) via a motor neuron. A motor neuron alongwith the muscle fibres connected to it constitute a motor unit. The junction between a motor neuron and the sarcolemma of the muscle fibre is called the neuromuscular junction or motor end plate.

1. A neural signal reaching this junction releases a neurotransmitter (Acetylcholine) which generates an action potential in the sarcolemma. This spreads through the muscle fibre and causes the release of calcium ions into the sarcoplasm.

2. Increase in Ca2+ level leads to the binding of calcium with a subunit of troponin on actin filaments and thereby remove the masking of active sites for myosin.

3. Utilising the energy from ATP hydrolysis, the myosin head now binds to the exposed active sites on actin to form a cross bridge. This pulls the attached actin filaments towards the centre of ‘A’ band.

4. The 7’ line attached to these actions are also pulled inwards thereby causing a shortening of the sarcomere, i.e., contraction.

5. It is clear from the above steps, that during shortening of the muscle, i.e., contraction, the T bands get reduced, whereas the A’ bands retain the length.

6. The myosin, releasing the ADP and PI goes back to its relaxed state. A new ATP binds and the cross-bridge is broken. The ATP is again hydroysed by the myosin head and the cycle of cross bridge formation and breakage is repeated causing further sliding.

7. The process continues till the Ca2+ ions are pumped back to the sarcoplasmic cisternae resulting in the masking of actin filaments. This causes the return of 7 lines back to their original position, i.e., relaxation.

Question 3.
Write true or false. If false change the statement so that it is true.

  1. Actin present in thin filament
  2. H-zone of striated muscle fibre represents both thick and thin filaments
  3. The human skeleton has 206 bones
  4. There are 11 pairs of ribs in man.
  5. Stenum is present on the ventral side of the body.

Answer:

  1. True
  2. False, H-zone represents thick filaments
  3. True
  4. False, There are 12 pairs of ribs in man
  5. True

Question 4.
Match column I with column II

Column IColumn II
(a) Smooth muscle(i) Myogobin
(b) Tropomyosin(ii) Thin filament
(c) Red muscle(iii) Sutures
(d) Skull(iv) Involuntary

Answer:
(a) – (iv)
(b) – (ii)
(c) – (i)
(d) – (iii)

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 5.
Name the type of joint between the following

  1. Atlas/axis
  2. Carpal/metacarpal of thumb
  3. Between phalanges
  4. Femur/acetabulum
  5. Between carnival bones
  6. Between public bones in the pelvic girdle

Answer:

  1. Pivot joint
  2. Saddle joint
  3. Gliding joint
  4. Ball and socket joint
  5. Fibrous joint
  6. Cartilaginous

Question 6.
Fill in the blank spaces:

  1. All mamnals (expect a few) have __________ cervical vertebra.
  2. The number of phalanges in each limb of human is __________
  3. Thin filament of myofibril contains 2 ‘F’ actins and two other proteins namely __________ and _________
  4. In a muscle fibre Ca2+ is stored in __________
  5. _______and ________ pairs of ribs are called floating ribs.
  6. The human cranium is made of _________ bones.

Answer:

  1. 7
  2. 14
  3. tropomyosin, troponin
  4. sarcoplasmic reticulum
  5. 11th, 12th
  6. 8

Plus One Locomotion and Movement Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The muscle band that remains unchanged during contraction and relaxation of the skeletal muscle is
(a) I
(b) H
(c) A
(d) A-line
Answer:
(d) A-line

Question 2.
Intervertebral disc consists of a shock absorber connective tissue known as
(a) hyaline cartilage
(b) elastic cartilage
(c) fibrocartilage
(d) reticulo cartilage
Answer:
(c) fibrocartilage

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 3.
Common among all mammals is
(a) ventral nerve cord
(b) seven cervical vertebrae
(c) all are carnivores
(d) all are producers
Answer:
(b) seven cervical vertebrae

Question 4.
The lactic acid generated during muscle contraction is converted to glycogen in
(a) muscles
(b) kidney
(c) pancreas
(d) liver
Answer:
(d) liver

Question 5.
Folding and unfolding of actin and myosin leads to amoeboid movement. This is hypothesised by
(a) Allen
(b) Goldacre and Lasch
(c) Berthold
(d) Jennigs
Answer:
(b) Goldacre and Lasch

Question 6.
Muscle fatigue is due to
(a) lactic acid
(b) citric acid
(c) Na
(d) K
Answer:
(a) lactic acid

Question 7.
Which of the following is not syncytial?
(a) Cardiac muscle
(b) Skeletal muscle
(c) Smooth muscle
(d) Interstitial muscle
Answer:
(c) Smooth muscle

Question 8.
Humerus fits into glenoid cavity is example of
(a) ball and socket joint
(b) pivot joint
(c) peg and socket joint
(d) condyloid join
Answer:
(a) ball and socket joint

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
Human vertebral column is formed by
(a) 21 vertebrae
(b) 30 vertebrae
(c) 26 vertebrae
(d) 33 vertebrae
Answer:
(d) 33 vertebrae

Question 10.
When body part moves towards the median axis is called
(a) abductor
(b) adductor
(c) supinator
(d) pronator
Answer:
(b) adductor

Question 11.
The thin filaments of a muscle fibre are made up of
(a) actin, troponin, tropomyosin
(b) actin, troponin
(c) niyosin, troponin
(d) actin, tropomyosin
Answer:
(a) actin, troponin, tropomyosin

Question 12.
Which of the following pairs is correctly matched?
(a) Cartilaginous joint Skull bones
(b) Hinge joint – Between vertebrae
(c) Fibrous joint – Between phalanges
(d) Gliding joint – Between zygapophyses of the successive vertebrae
Answer:
(d) Gliding joint – Between zygapophyses of the successive vertebrae

Question 13.
Nucleus purposes is found in
(a) brain
(b) nucleus
(c) intervertebral disc
(d) liver
Answer:
(c) intervertebral disc

Question 14.
Total number of bones found in right upper limb is
(a) 25
(b) 26
(c) 30
(d) 60
Answer:
(c) 30

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 15.
In a vertebrate, which germ layer forms the skeletor muscles?
(a) Ectoderm
(b)Endoderm
(c) Mesoderm
(d) Both (a) and (c)
Answer:
(c) Mesoderm

Question 16.
Where did an epidemic bone softening disease itai- itai occurred first in?
(a) South Korea
(b) Japan
(c) China
(d) Burma
Answer:
(b) Japan

Question 17.
Muscle pump is
(a) beating of heart
(b) squeezing effect of muscles upon veins running through them
(c) peristaltic wave that travel along the alimentar canal
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) squeezing effect of muscles upon veins running through them

Question 18.
Slow muscle fibres are found in
(a) eye
(b) leg
(c) stomach
(d) heart
Answer:
(b) leg

Question 19.
The gliding joints are important for gliding movements. One example of such a joint is between the
(a) zygapophyses of adjacent vertebrae
(b) humerous and glenoid cavity
(c) occipital condyle and odontoid process
(d) femur and tibio fibula
Answer:
(a) zygapophyses of adjacent vertebrae

Question 20.
Aqueduct of Sylvius (iter) connects
(a) 1st and 2nd ventricles
(b) 3rd and 4th ventricles
(c) 2nd and 3rd ventricles
(d) 4th and 1st ventricles
Answer:
(b) 3rd and 4th ventricles

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 21.
Volkmann’s canals occur in
(a) internal ear
(b) liver
(c) cartilage
(d) bone
Answer:
(d) bone

Question 22.
For muscle contraction, in myofibrils the formation, of a protein is essential, such protein discovered by
(a) Jean Hanson
(b) Con and Con
(c) lbert Szent Gyorgyi
(d) Hugh Huxley
Answer:
(c) lbert Szent Gyorgyi

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Students can Download Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development Questions and Answers, Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations

Kerala Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Plus One Botany Plant Growth and Development One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Ethylene is used for
(a) Retarding ripening of tomatoes
(b) Hastening of ripening of fruits
(c) Slowing down ripening of apples
(d) Both b and c
Answer:
(b) Hastening of ripening of fruits.

Question 2.
Coconut milk contains
(a) ABA
(b) Auxin
(c) Cytokinin
(d) Gibberellin
Answer:
(c) Cytokinin

Question 3.
The affect of apical dominance can be overcome by which of the following hormone:
(a) IAA
(b) Ethylene
(c) Gibberellin
(d) Cytokinin
Answer:
(d) Cytokinin.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 4.
Growth can be measured in various ways. Which of these can be used as parameters to measure growth
(a) Increase in cell number
(b) Increase in cell size
(c) Increase in length and weight
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 5.
ABA acts antagonistic to
(a) Ethylene
(b) Cytokinin
(c) Gibberlic acid
(d) IAA
Answer:
(c) Gibberlic acid.

Question 6.
Name the growth regulator which was isolated from the endosperm of maize.
Answer:
Cytokinin(Zeatin).

Question 7.
What can induce bolting cabbage plant?
Answer:
Gibberellins

Question 8.
Certain plants flower only when they are exposed to low temperature for a few weeks . What do you call for this requirement?
Answer:
Vernalisation.

Question 9.
Some volatile substance from the ripened oranges that hastens the ripening of stored unripened bananas. Name the hormone which induces ripening.
Answer:
Ethylene

Question 10.
In a wheat field, some broad-leaved weeds were found by a farmer. Which phytohormone can be used to eradicate them.
Answer:
2, 4 – D (Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid).

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 11.
Name the phytohormone that can cause the development of seedless fruits.
Answer:
Gibberellic acid.

Plus One Botany Plant Growth and Development Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Match the following. (Column I with Column II)

Column IColumn II
a) Cytokinini) Promote senescence
b) IAAii) Delay senescence
c) ABAiii) Initiate rooting
d) Ethyleneiv) lateral shoot growth
v) Plant growth inhibitor

Answer:

Column IColumn II
a) CytokininDelay senescence
b) IAAInitiate rooting
c) ABAPlant growth inhibitor
d) EthylenePromote senescence

Question 2.
Match the following.

AB
1. EthyleneZeatin
2. Abscisic acidOvercome apical dominance
3. CytokininsFruit ripening
4. GibberellinsStomatal closure
Herbicide

Answer:

AB
1. EthyleneFruit ripening
2. Abscisic acidStomatal closure
3. CytokininsZeatin
4. GibberellinsOvercome apical dominance

Question 3.
In plants, the adverse environmental conditions such as severe drought can be overcome by the production of a hormone.

  1. Name the hormone.
  2. Write the role of the hormone.

Answer:

  1. ABA
  2. Stress hormone – Closure of stomata.

Question 4.
Auxin is a growth-promoting phytohormone. Write any two functions of auxin,
Answer:

  1. Production of Seedless fruit
  2. Used as Weedicide

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 5.
Growth pattern of a plant is displayed in graph. Observe the figure.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development img1

  1. What kind of growth form is this?
  2. Why does the graph show a decline to a near-constant level?

Answer:

  1. Sigmoid curve
  2. Stationary phase

Question 6.
Some important functions of a Phytohormone are given below:
Production of Parthenocarpic Fruits Eradication of weeds

  1. Identify the hormone.
  2. Mention any other two important functions of this hormone.

Answer:

  1. Auxin
  2. Root initiation, Apical dominance

Question 7.
In Plants, adverse environmental conditions such as severe drought can be overcome by the use of a hormone.

  1. Name the hormone
  2. Write the role of this hormone.

Answer:

  1. ABA (Abscisic Acid)
  2. It causes the Closure of stomata. This reduces the rate of transpiration.

Question 8.

  1. A farmer is going to plant Tapioca cuttings. Which hormone you will suggest for early rooting of tapioca cuttings?
  2. A defoliated short day plant is kept under short-day conditions for 15 days and another short-day plant with single leaf is kept under short-day conditions for 1 day. Which plant will possibly flower first and give reasons?

Answer:

  1. Auxin
  2. A short day plant with single leaf will flower first Leaf recives the light stimulus and produce Florigen, It is then transported to the vegetative apex. As a result vegetative apex is converted into reproductive apex and bears floral leaves.

Question 9.
Synthetic auxins are of much importance in agriculture. Name any two synthetic auxins.
Answer:

  • 2, 4 – D (2,4 – Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid)
  • 2, 4, 5 – T. ( 2,4,5 – Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid).

Question 10.
Which hormone will add, if you are asked to help a farmer to

  1. Quickly ripens fruit
  2. Bolt a resette plant
  3. Initiate rooting in a twig
  4. Induce stomatal closure in leaves.

Answer:

  1. a) Ethylene
  2. Gibberelline
  3. Auxin
  4. Abscisic acid (ABA)

Question 11.
A gardener finds some broad-leaved dicot weeds growing in his lawns. What can be done to get rid of the weeds efficiently?
Answer:
The dicotyledonous plant grow by their apical shoot meristems while grasses (which make lawns) possess intercalary meristem. Certain auxins, such as synthetic 2, 4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4- D) when applied in excess can damage the shoot apical meristems but they do not cause any damage to the intercalary meristems. Thus, when 2, 4-D is sprayed on lawns, only the dicots get killed and the lawns become free of weeds.

Question 12.
What is the mechanism underlying the phenomenon by which the terminal/apical bud suppresses the growth of lateral buds? Suggest measures to overcome this phenomenon.
Answer:
The phenomenon by which the terminal apical bud suppresses the growth of lateral buds is referred to as apical dominance. This js because of the hormone auxin synthesised in the apical bud that inhibits lateral bud development.

This can be overcome by removing the apical bud (decapitating) and young leaves which will increase branching. It may also be possible to overcome this phenomenon by application of cytokinin and antiauxins like ethylene chlorohydrin, DCA (trichloroanisole), etc.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 13.
Ethylene is otherwise known as a fruiting hormone. So this is widely used in agricultural fields. Which compound is used as a source of ethylene and what are its merits?
Answer:
Ehephone-Merits:

  1. It promotes female flowers in cucumbers.
  2. It hastens fruit ripening in tomatoes and apples.
  3. It promotes abscission of flowers and fruits.

Question 14.
Plant hormones are organic compounds influencing growth and development. One of the hormones was first isolated from human urine and other is a gaseous hormone.
a) Name the two hormones.
b) Write any two functions of these hormones.
Answer:
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development img2

Question 15.
How will you induce lateral branching in a plant which normally does not produce them ? Give reason in support of your answer.
Answer:
When apical bud is removed, it promotes lateral branching. It is due to the removal the auxin from the tip and growth of apical bud is inhibited.

Question 16.
Describe how auxins are related with the bending of shoot towards the source of light.
Answer:
When unilateral light is given, auxin from the illuminated side shifted towards the shaded side and more growth occurs on that side. This causes the bending of the shoot.

Question 17.
How does abscisic acid act antagonistically to auxins and gibberellins?
Answer:
Gibberellin causes the breaking of bud dormancy but auxin check the fruit fall and leaf fall. These two physiological functions are inhibited by ABA.

Question 18.
What is meant by abscission? Name the phytohormone involved in it.
Answer:
It is the shedding of leaves, flowers, fruits, and bark. Abscisic acid(ABA)

Question 19.
What does a stationary phase of sigmoid growth curve indicate?
Answer:
It is otherwise called a declining phase because growth slows down.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 20.
What is the full form of I BA? Also, mention its one use in agriculture.
Answer:
Indole – 3 -butyric acid
It initiates root formation on stem cuttings by activating root primordia

Question 21
Fill in the places with appropriate word/words.

  1. A phase of growth which is the maximum and fastest is _____.
  2. Apical dominance as expressed in dicotyledonous plants is due to the presence of more _____ in the apical bud than in the lateral ones.
  3. In addition to auxin, _____ must be supplied to culture medium to obtain a good callus in plant tissue culture.
  4. ______ of vegetative plants are the sites of photoperiodic perception.

Answer:

  1. exponential/log phase of an S – curve.
  2. auxin/IAA
  3. cytokinin/Kinetin/6 BAP/Zeatin/etc.
  4. leaves.

Question 22.
Why is abscisic acid called stress hormone?
Answer:
Abscisic acid is also called stress hormone because the synthesis of abscisic acid is stimulated by drought, waterlogging and other adverse environmental conditions. It causes the closure of stomata.

Question 23.
Root and shoot elongation takes place at constant rate in one type of growth but in others zygote develops into embryo. What are the types of growth in both?
Answer:
In the former growth is arithematic type while in the latter initial geometric then arithematic type.

Question 24.
Give the term for the process given below.

  1. formation of vascular cambium and cork cambium
  2. Formation of secondary tissues in dicot stem

Answer:

  1. Dedifferentiation
  2. Redifferentiation

Question 25.

  1. Name the phenomenon of the influence of day length on the flowering of long day and short-day plants
  2. Which is the part of plant shows response to such phenomenon

Answer:

  1. Photoperiodism
  2. Leaf.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 26.
Identify the true or false statements from the following.

  1. ABA is known as Anti- gibberellin
  2. Auxin promotes flowering in pineapple
  3. Low-temperature treatment not promote flowering in varieties of wheat
  4. Bakane disease associated with ethylene

Answer:

  1. True
  2. True
  3. False
  4. False

Plus One Botany Plant Growth and Development Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Identify the hormone have important role from the statement given below

  1. In Tea plantation and hedge making
  2. Increase stem length of sugar cane
  3. ripening of fruits

Answer:

  1. Auxin
  2. Gibberellin
  3. Ethylene

Question 2.
Which one of the plant growth regulators would you use if you are asked to:

  1. Induce rooting in a twig
  2. Quickly ripen a fruit
  3. Delay leaf senescence
  4. ‘bolt’ a rosette plant
  5. Induce immediate stomatal closure in leaves.

Answer:

  1. auxin
  2. ethylene
  3. cytokinin
  4. gibberellins
  5. ABA

Question 3.
The S-shaped growth curve is shown in the diagram. Label ‘a’ to ‘c’ and also write short notes on ‘a’ and ‘b’.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development img3
Answer:

  • a – lag phase (slow phase)
  • b – exponential phase (rapid phase)
  • c – stationary phase (stagnant phase)

Question 4.
Plant growth substances (PGS) have innumerable practical Applications. Name the PGS you should use to

  1. Increase yield of sugar cane
  2. Promote lateral shoot growth
  3. Inhibit seed germination

Answer:

  1. GA3/gibberellinfgibberellic acid
  2. Cytokinin zeatin/kinetin
  3. ABA/Abscissic acid.

Plus One Botany Plant Growth and Development NCERT Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Why is abscisic acid also known as stress hormone?
Answer:
Abscisic acid increases the tolerance of plants to various kinds of stresses. Therefore, it is also called the stress hormone.

Question 2.
‘Both growth and differentiation in higher plants are open’. Comment.
Answer:
Theoretically, growth and differentiation in higher plants are open. This means that there is no limit to the ‘extent a plant part can grow. But it is more correct to say that development and differentiation is open in higher plants. Once a cell loses its capacity to divide then it differentiates Differentiation is the process by which a particular plant starts doing the job it is meant to do.

For example, the job of a leaf is to make food for plant. Sometimes environment or a particular phase of growth can dictate a particular part to behave differently. This is the phase when redifferentiation occurs and the plant part takes on a new role. Thus, it can be said that development and differentiation are open to change under the given environmental conditions and demands of those conditions.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 3.
Which one of the plant growth regulators would you use if you are asked to:

  1. induce rooting in a twig
  2. quickly ripen a fruit
  3. delay leaf senescence
  4. induce growth in axillary buds
  5. ‘bolt’ a rosette plant
  6. induce immediate stomatal closure in leaves

Answer:

  1. Auxins
  2. Ethylene
  3. Cytokinins
  4. Auxins
  5. Gibberellins
  6. Abscisic Acid

Question 4.
Would a defoliated plant respond to the photoperiodic cycle? Why?
Answer:
The hormone responsible for photoperiodism is found in leaves. So a defoliated plant will be devoid of such hormones and will not respond to the photoperiodic cycle.

Question 5.
What would be expected to happen if:

  1. GA is applied to rice seedlings
  2. dividing cells stop differentiating
  3. a rotten fruit gets mixed with unripe fruits
  4. you forget to add cytokinin to the culture medium

Answer:
1. GAj increases the length of axis. This property will help increase the length of axis so that yield of rice can be increased.

2. When dividing cells stop differentiating then it is the maturity stage of that part of the plant. Further growth of that particular region will be stopped.

3. The ethylene present in rotten fruit will hasten the ripening process of unripe fruit and may lead to premature ripening.

4. There will be lesser cell division and culture will not grow as per the target.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 6.
Why is not anyone parameter good enough to demonstrate growth throughout the life of a flowering plant?
Answer:
Like most of the organisms plants also go through various phases of growth. When a seed is germinating then the parameters of growth will be different compared to growth of a mature plant. Moreover, plants can be of huge variety, right from perennial plants to plants living hundreds of years. Because of sheer diversity in size and life span any single parameter to define and measure the growth of a plant can never be sufficient.

Plus One Botany Plant Growth and Development Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The ripening of fruits can be fastened by treatment with
(a) gibberellins
(b) cytokinins
(c) ethylene gas
(d) auxin
Answer:
(c) ethylene gas

Question 2.
Which of the following is the effect of a plant hormone, which is synthesized more in the absence of light?
(a) Inhibits the development of seedless fruits
(b) Responsible for closing of stomata
(c) Induces the dormancy of seeds
(d) Length of intemodes increases
Answer:
(d) Length of intemodes increases

Question 3.
Leaf abscission is caused by
(a) ABA
(b) cytokinin
(c) auxin
(d) gibberellin
Answer:
(a) ABA

Question 4.
A hormone delaying senescence is
(a) auxin
(b) cytokinins
(c) ethylene
(d) gibberellin
Answer:
(b) cytokinins

Question 5.
Which of the following induces bolting in rosette plants?
(a) Gibberellins
(b) Cytokinin
(c) Auxins
(d) Ethylene
Answer:
(a) Gibberellins

Question 6.
Sprouting of potato under storage condition can be prevented by
(a) auxin
(b) gibberellin
(c) ethylene
(d) cytokinin
Answer:
(a) auxin

Question 7.
The plant hormone produced by Rhizobium for nodulation is
(a) IBA
(b) NAA
(c) 2, 4-D
(d) IAA
Answer:
(d) IAA

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 8.
Cell elongation in internodal regions of the green plants takes place due to
(a) indole acetic acid
(b) cytokinins
(c) gibberellins
(d) ethylene
Answer:
(c) gibberellins

Question 9.
How does pruning help in making the hedge dense?
(a) It induces the differentiation of new shoots from the rootstock
(b) It frees axillary buds from apical dominance
(c) it promotes adventitious root growth
(d) it promotes the growth of apical buds
Answer:
(b) It frees axillary buds from apical dominance

Question 10.
Name of a gaseous plant hormone is
(a) IAA
(b) gibberellin
(c) ethylene
(d) abscisic acid
Answer:
(c) ethylene

Question 11.
The maximum growth rate occurs in
(a) stationary phase
(b) senescent phase
(c) lag phase
(d) exponential phase
Answer:
(d) exponential phase

Question 12.
Growth promoting hormone is
(a) gibberellins
(b) ABA
(c) auxins
(d) both a and c
Answer:
(d) both a and c

Question 13.
The discovery of gibberellins is related with one of the following
(a) blast disease of rice
(b) foolish seedling disese
(c) bakane disease of rice
(d) early blight disease of potato
Answer:
(c) bakane disease of rice

Question 14.
Which of the following movements in plants is due the increased concentration of auxin?
(a) Movement of shoot towards the source of light
(b) Nyctinasty
(c) Movement of sunflower towards sun
(d) root differentiation
Answer:
(a) Movement of shoot towards the source of light

Question 15.
The problem of necrosis and gradual senescence, while performing tissue culture can be overcome by
(a) spraying auxins
(b) spraying cytokinins
(c) suspension culture
(d) subculture
Answer:
(b) spraying cytokinins

Question 16.
The following statements are given about plant growth hormones
I. Cytokinins especially help in delaying senescence
II. Auxins are involved in regulating apical dominance
III. Ethylene is especially useful in enhancing seed germination
IV. Gibberellins are responsible for immature falling of leaves
Which of the above statements are correct
(a) I and II only
(b) I and III only
(c) II and III only
(d) II, III, and IV only
Answer:
(a) I and II only

Question 17.
Which plant hormone promotes seed dormancy, bud dormancy and causes stomatal closure?
(a) auxin
(b) Abscisic acid
(c) GA
(d) CH2=CH2
Answer:
(b) Abscisic acid

Question 18.
Abscisic acid is primarily synthesized in
(a) lysosomes
(b) Golgi complex
(c) chloroplast
(d) ribosomes
Answer:
(c) chloroplast

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Plant Growth and Development

Question 19.
Auxin in plant means for
(a) cell elongation
(b) fruit ripening
(c) cell division
(d) cell differentiation
Answer:
(c) cell division

Question 20.
The hormone present in the liquid endosperm of coconut is
(a) cytokinin
(b) gibberellin
(c) ethylene
(d) auxin
Answer:
(a) cytokinin

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Students can Download Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants Questions and Answers, Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations

Kerala Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Plus One Botany Respiration in Plants One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Pyruvic acid, the key product of glycolysis can have many metabolic fates. Under the aerobic condition, it forms
(a) Lactic acid
(b) CO2+H2O
(c) Acetyl CoA + CO2
(d) Ethanol + CO2
Answer:
(b) CO2+ H2O

Question 2.
Electron Transport System (ETS) is located in mitochondrial
(a) Outer membrane
(b) Inter membrane space
(c) Inner membrane
(d) Matrix
Answer:
(c) Inner membrane

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 3.
Choose the correct statement:
(a) During the conversion of succinyl Co-A to succinic acid, a molecule of ATP is synthesized.
(b) Oxygen is vital in respiration for removal of hydrogen.
(c) Pyruvate is formed in the mitochondrial matrix.
(d) There is complete breakdown of glucose in fermentation.
Answer:
(a) During the conversion of succinyl Co-A to succinic acid, a molecule of ATP is synthesized.

Question 4.
Mitochondria are called powerhouses of the cell. Which of the following observations support this statement?
(a) Mitochondria have a double membrane
(b) The enzymes of the Krebs cycle and the cytochromes are found in mitochondria.
(c) Mitochondria synthesise ATP
(d) Mitochondria are found in almost all plants and animal cells.
Answer:
(c) Mitochondria synthesise ATP.

Question 5.
The end product of oxidative phosphorylation is
(a) NADH
(b) Oxygen
(c) ADP
(d) ATP+H2O
Answer:
(d) ATP+H2O

Question 6.
Fo-F1 particles participate in the synthesis of
Answer:
ATP molecules

Question 7.
The product of aerobic glycolysis in skeletal muscle and anaerobic fermentation in yeast are respectively ……… and …….
Answer:
Lactic acid and Ethyl alcohol.

Question 8.
How many NADH2 molecules are produced from molecule of acetyl co A in TCA cycle?
Answer:
Three.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 9.
Name the final acceptor of electrons in ETC.
Answer:
Oxygen.

Question 10.
Give the number of ATP molecules produced from 1 glucose molecule in aerobic respiration.
Answer:
38.

Question 11.
The process of oxidation in microorganisms are referred as
(a) Cellular respiration
(b) Aerobic respiration
(c) Fermentation
Answer:
(c) Fermentation

Question 12.
Calculate the RQ of tripalmitin with the help of equation given below.
2(C5H98O6) + 145O2 -»102 CO2 + 98H2O + energy
Answer:
\(\mathrm{RQ}=\frac{102 \mathrm{CO}_{2}}{145 \mathrm{O}_{2}}=0.7\)

Question 13.
In the respiration process both in aerobic and anaerobic, the first phase of reactions is the same. Write the name of reaction Answer:
Glycolysis.

Question 14.
A germinating seed released 120 CO2 by utilizing 180 O2 stage. Calculate the RQ. Name the respiratory substrate.
Answer:
The substrate is fat.

Question 15.
Respiratory pathway is an amphibhotic pathway. Comment.
Answer:
It involves both anabolic & catabolic pathways.

Question 16.
Name the unit of oxidative phosphorylation.
Answer:
Oxysomes or Elementary particles.

Question 17.
How many calories are produced by aerobic oxidation of 1 gm mole of glucose?
Answer:
686000 calories.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 18.
We commonly call ATP as the energy currency of the cell. Can you think of some other energy carriers present in a cell? Name any two.
Answer:
NADH2 and FADH2.

Question 19.
RQ value changes for wheat and castor oil seeds. Justify.
Answer:
R Q = 1 carbohydrate (wheat)
R Q < 1 fat(castor)

Plus One Botany Respiration in Plants Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Pyruvate, which is formed by the glycolytic catabolism of carbohydrates undergoes oxidative phosphorylation.

  1. Where does it occur?
  2. Who first elucidate this?

Answer:

  1. Cristae of mitochondria
  2. Hans Kreb

Question 2.
Glycolysis is the first stage in the break down of glucose in all organisms. Do you agree with this statement? Where does it take place? Give the net. gain of ATP molecules in glycolysis?
Answer:
Yes, Cytoplasm, 8ATPs

Question 3
Observe the relation of the first pair and fill up the blanks

  1. Symport: Molecules cross the membrance in the same direction
    …………..: Molecules move in the opposite direction
  2. RQ = 1 : Carbohydrate
    RQ > 1: ………..

Answer:

  1. Antiport
  2. Organic acids

Question 4.
‘‘Photorespiration is called a wasteful process.” Comment on it.
Answer:
ATP is utilized. There is no production of ATP during this process. It does not produce any beneficial product.

Question 5
Respirometer is an apparatus used to measure R.Q.

  1. What is R.Q?
  2. R.Q. of glucose is equal to one. Give the reason.

Answer:

  1. Amount of CO2 released during respiration / Amount of O2 absorbed during respiration,
  2. Amount of CO2 released= Amount O2 absorbed

Question 6.
Plant physiologists observed a relationship between respiration and salt absorption. Is absorption of salt increased due to respiration? Explain.
Answer:
Yes. As a result of respiration, the energy is released in the form of ATP. This energy is used for the active absorption of salt.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 7.
Glycolysis is the first step of both aerobic and anaerobic respiration. During this process glucose undergoes partial oxidation.

  1. What is the final product of glycolysis?
  2. What is the total yield of ATP molecules during glycolysis?

Answer:

  1. Pyruvic acid
  2. 8 ATP

Question 8.
The RQ value of a respiratory substrate is 1. Find the type of substrate and comment on RQ.
Answer:
Carbohydrate RQ:
It is the ratio of volume of CO2 evolved to the volume of O2 consumed. The value of RQ is different for respiratory substrates eg fat(0.7), protein (0.9)etc.

Question 9.
Oxidative phosphorylation is an important process in cellular respiration. Explain it?
Answer:
Oxidative phosphorylation takes place in the inner membrane of mitochondria. In the F1 head the inorganic phosphate combined with ADP to form ATP. It occurs due to the entry of proton pair from intermembrane space to the matrix through proton channel.

Question 10.
Why does anaerobic respiration produce less energy than aerobic respiration?
Answer:

  1. The regeneration of NAD fails to produce ATP as the electrons are not shifted to oxygen
  2. The end product of anaerobic respiration can be further oxidized to release energy.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 11.
What is fermentation Name any two organic compounds produced in this process?
Answer:
Anaerobic respiration also called fermentation involves the production of energy from food nutrients in the absence of oxygen.

Question 12.
“Respiration is an amphibolic pathway”. Justify the statement with reason.
Answer:
Respiration involves both the catabolic and anabolic process. Fatty acid undergoes breackdown to form acetyl. co-A.
Acetyl Co-A is again used for the synthesis of Fat. In respiration cycle the two process are involved.i.e catabolism and anabolism. So it is called a Amphibolic Pathway”.

Question 13.
ADP is converted to ATP as a result of phosphorylation which takes place in photosynthesis and respiration during electron transport system. What is the difference between these two?
Answer:
photophosphorylation, inorganic phosphate combines with ADP to form ATP This process takes place in chloroplast in the presence light. But in oxidative phosphorylation inorganic phosphate combines with ADP to form ATP. It takes place in Mitochondria.

Question 14.
When does anaerobic respiration occur in man and yeast?
Answer:
In man during streneous exercise O2, inedequecy is experience in Skeletal tissues. In such a case the respiration is anaerobic. In yeast, during fermentation the respiration takes place is anaerobic.

Question 15.
Mention the important series of events of aerobic respiration that occur in the matrix of the mitochondrion as well as ones that take place in inner membrane of the mitochondrion.
Answer:
Citric acid cycle,Terminal oxidation and electron transport system.

Question 16.
Name the end products aerobic and anaerobic glycolysis. List the two ways by which molecules of ATP are produced in glycolysis during aerobic respiration in a cell.
Answer:
2 Pyruvic acid, 2ATP and 2 NADH2 Two ways of ATP formation in glycolysis are:

  1. During dephosphorylation of 1, 3, DPGA called substrate-level phosphorylation
  2. Reduced NADH2 releases ATP molecules in electron transport chain

Question 17.
Define RQ What is its significance?
Answer:
It is the ratio of volume of CO2 released to volume of O2 taken during respiration. Value of R Q gives the indication of nature of substrate respired by a particular tissue.

Question 18.
Different substrates get oxidized during respiration. How does Respiratory Quotient (RQ) indicate which type of substrate, i.e., carbohydrate, fat or protein is getting oxidized?
R Q=A/B
What do A and B stand for?
What type of substrates have R.Q. of 1, < 1 or> 1?
Answer:
A-Volume CO2 evolved B- Volume O2 consumed RQ=1 (Carbohydrate) RQ=< 1 Fat/protein RQ=> 1 (Organic acids).

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 19.
Which of the following will release more energy on oxidation? Arrange them in ascending order,
a. Moffat
b. 1 gm of protein
c. 1 gm of glucose
d. 0.5 g of protein + 0.5g glucose
Answer:
c → d → b → a

Question 20.
What is the importance of F0-F, particle in ATP production during aerobic respiration?
Answer:
F0 is an integral membrane protein complex and has a proton channel while F1 has enzyme ATP synthase to form ATP. One molecule of NADH produces 3 ATP molecules in ETS.

Question 21.
What is Respiratory Quotient? What is its value for fats?
Answer:
It is the ratio of the volume of CO2 evolved to the volume of O2consumed.
\(So, RQ =\frac{\text { Volume of } \mathrm{CO}_{2} \text { Evolved }}{\text { Volume of } \mathrm{O}_{2} \text { consumed }}\)

Question 22.
Give two example for anaerobic respiration occurs in organisms and products.
Answer:
Alcoholic fermentation and Lactic acid fermentation Ethyl alcohol and lactic acid.

Question 23.
The complete oxidation of pyruvic acid that occurs in mitochondria undergoes both oxidation and decarboxylation.

  1. Which is the first step of oxidative-decarboxylation occurs?
  2. Where does substrate-level phosphorylation occurs?

Answer:

  1. Conversion of pyruvic acid to acetyl CoA
  2. Conversion of succinyl CoA to Succinic acid.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 24.
Give the name of intermediate compounds having carbon atoms 6,5,4 and 2 of mitochondrial oxidation.
Answer:

  • 6C – Citric acid, 5C- Alpha keto glutaric acid,
  • 4C- Succinic acid/succinyl coAl malic acid/ OAA,
  • 2C- Acetyl CoA.

Plus One Botany Respiration in Plants Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Incomplete oxidation of food material in the absence of oxygen is anaerobic respiration.
(a) Give an example of a microorganism which carry out anaerobic respiration.
(b) Where does anaerobic respiration take place in human beings?
(c) What is the net gain of ATP during this process? Spa) Yeast
(b) Muscle cells
Answer:
(c) 2 ATP

Question 2.
ETS operated in the inner mitochondrial membrane, it involves terminal oxidation and oxidative phosphorylation

  1. Who discovered chemiosmotic hypothesis in mitochondria
  2. Name the elementary particle promotes ATP synthesis
  3. What is chemiosmotic hypothesis

Answer:

  1. Peter Mitchel
  2. Fg-F, particle
  3. Proton gradient leads to ATP production

Question 3.
Yeast cells can respire in the absence of O2

  1. Name the process
  2. Write the end product of the process
  3. Write the net production of ATP during process.

Answer:

  1. Anaerobic respiration
  2. CO2 + C2H5OH (Carbon dioxide and ethyl alcohol)
  3. 2 ATPs

Question 4.
Respiration is a breakdown process it involves various steps

  1. Where does the common step of aerobic and anaerobic process occurs
  2. Find out the number of carbon atoms of a compound as end product of the above reaction
  3. Name the 6 C intermedite compound splits and forms another 3 C intermediates.

Answer:

  1. Cytoplasm
  2. 3 Carbon (Pyruvic acid)
  3. Fructose 1, 6 biphosphate

Question 5.
ATP and NADPH2 molecules synthesised in light reaction of photosynthesis are used for the synthesis of glucose in dark reaction.

  1. Who proposed the dark reaction?
  2. List out three phases in dark reaction.
  3. Location of dark reaction in the chloroplast?
  4. Expense of ATP and NADPH2 for the synthesis of one molecule of glucose in dark reaction?

Answer:

  1. Melvin Calvin
    • Carboxylation
    • Reduction
    • Regeneration of RUBP
  2. Stroma
  3. 12 NADPH2 and 18 ATP molecules.

Question 6.
In the last step of aerobic respiration oxidation of reduced co-enzymes produced in glycolysis and Krebs cycle occur.

  1. What are the important reduced coenzymes?
  2. Why is this process called as terminal oxidation?
  3. Where does terminal oxidation takes place?

Answer:

  1. FADH2, NADH2.
  2. It is the formation of metabolic water at the end of electron transport chain by combining protons, electrons, and O2.
  3. The inner mitochondrial membrane of mitochondria.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 7.
An athlete felt muscular pain after a race.

  1. Explain this in terms of anaerobic respiration?
  2. Name any two microorganisms in which anaerobic respiration occurs
  3. Glycolysis is common for both aerobic and anaerobic respiration. In glycolysis, there is a net gain of 8 ATP. But in anaerobic repiration the net gain is only 2 ATP. Give reason.

Answer:
1. Athletes felt muscular pain is due to the inadequecy of 02. In the absence of 02 partial oxidation takes place. It involves the formation of pyruvic acid followed by lactic acid.

2. Yeast & Lactobacillus.

3. After the formation of pyruvic acid, 2 NADPH molecules are utilised for the formation of Lactic acid. So the net gain of ATP in Anaerobic respiration is 2 ATPs.

Question 8.
Mitochondria is called the “Power House’’ of the cell.

  1. Is the statement correct?
  2. Write down reasons.

Answer:

  1. Yes
    • Synthesis of ATP takes place in mitochondria,
    • Inner membrance acts as electron transport chain.
    • Presence of ATP – synthetase enzyme.
    • Enzymes for aerobic respiration in mitochondrial matrix

Question 9.
Analyse the diagram and answer the questions.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants img1

  1. What does the diagram represent?
  2. Write the role of F0-F., unit in the process?
  3. What is oxidative phosphorylation?
  4. Where does it take place?

Answer:

  1. ATP synthesis
  2. Flow of proton
  3. In the presenceC2, oxidation takes place and ADP combines with inorganic phosphate to form ATP
  4. Crystal

Question 10.
Respirometer is an apparatus used to measure R.Q.

  1. What is R.Q?
  2. R.Q. of glucose is equal to one. Give reason.
  3. Name the respiratory substrate for which R.Q. is more than one?

Answer:

  1. Amount of C02 released/Amount of O2 absorbed
  2. In glucose amount of CO2 released = amount of O2 absorbed
  3. Organic acids

Question 11.
RuBP carboxylase, PEPcase, Pyruvate dehydrogenase, ATPase, cytochrome oxidase, Hexokinase, Lactate dehydrogenase. Select/choose enzymes from the list above which are involved in

  1. Photosynthesis
  2. Respiration
  3. Both in photosynthesis and respiration

Answer:

  1. RuBP carboxylase, PEPcase, ATPase,
  2. Pyruvate dehydrogenase, ATPase, cytochrome oxidase, Hexokinase, Lactate dehydrogenase
  3. ATPase

Question 12.
The following statements are about an important event of cellular respiration. Read them carefully and answer the questions.
It is the last step of cellular respiration It synthesise ATP Water is the end product It accepts oxygen.

  1. Name the process
  2. Where does it occur?
  3. Name any 4 components of ‘it’

Answer:

  1. Electron transport system/oxidative phosphorylation
  2. Inner mitochondrial membrane
  3. NADP, FAD, Ubiquinone (Co-Q)
    Cyt. b, cyt – a, cty a3 etc.

Question 13.
Respiration is viewed most simply as the oxidative production of ATR Justify the statement.
Answer:
The energy-releasing process by oxidation of organic food materials in the living cell is respiration. During this process, the energy contained in the food is released and is trapped in the ATP molecules. NADH+H+ and FADH2 formed during various steps of respiration are oxidised, and protons (H+) and electrons (e ) are released.

These electrons are transported to the oxygen through a series of electron carries in the electron transport system (ETS), and their energy is stored in ATP molecules. So, respiration is process of oxidative production of ATP. 45% of energy released during the oxidation of 1 glucose molecule is stored in 38 ATP molecules.

Question 14.
The second phase of aerobic respiration takes place within mitochondria. This phase is called TCA cycle. The different steps of this reaction were found out by a British Biochemist who was awarded Nobel Prize in 1953.

  1. Identify the scientist and name the first product of the reaction.
  2. Write the first step of this reaction, why it is called TCA cycle?
  3. From where Acetyl Co. A comes into mitochondria?
  4. In which step FADHJs formed.

Answer:

  1. Hans Krebs, citric acid(Tricarboxylic acid)
  2. oaa+acetylcoA citric acid .since it has three -COOH group
  3. Cytoplasm
  4. 5th step (Succinic acid to malic acid)

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 15.
Glycolysis is common and first phase of both aerobic and anaerobic respiration.

  1. Who discovered this process?
  2. What are the substrate and end products in this reaction?

Answer:

  1. Embeden, Mayerhof & Parnas
  2. Glucose – Substrate.
    The end product – Pyruvic acid.

Plus One Botany Respiration in Plants NCERT Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Discuss “The respiratory pathway is an amphibolic pathway.”
Answer:
Glucose is the favoured substrate for respiration. All carbohydrates are usually first converted into glucose before they are used for respiration. Other substrates can also be respired but then they do not enter the respiratory pathway at the first step.

Since respiration involves breakdown as well as synthesis of substrates, the respiratory process involves both catabolism. That is why respiratory pathway is considered to be an amphibolic pathway rather than as a catabolic one.

Question 2.
What is the significance of step wise release of energy in respiration?
Answer:
If energy will be released at one go then most of it will be most in the form of heat. Cells should be in a position to utilize all the energy to synthesize something. To facilitate proper usage of energy, it is released in a stepwise manner during respiration.

Question 3.
Define RQ. What is its value for fats?
Answer:
The ratio of the volume of CO2 evolved to the volume of O2 consumed in respiration is called the respiratory quotient (RQ) or respiratory ratio.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants img2

Question 4.
Distinguish between the following:

  1. Aerobic respiration
  2. Glycolysis and Fermentation
  3. Glycolysis and Citric acid Cycle

Answer:
1. There is incomplete oxidation of glucose during anaerobic respiration, while there is complete oxi¬dation during aerobic respiration.

2. The pyruvic acid formed during glycolysis is first converted to Acetyl coenzyme A, which undergoes citric acid cycle to produce critic acid. At the end of citric acid cycle NADH+H+ is released.

3. In both (b) and (c) glycolysis is the first step cellular respiration. The product of glycolysis is further utilized by either fermentation or critic acid cycle.

Question 5.
What are the assumptions made during the calculation of net gain of ATP?
Answer:
It is possible to make calculations of the net gain of ATP for every glucose molecule oxidised, but in reality this can remain only a theoretical exercise. These calculations can be made only on certain assumptions that:

1. There is a acquential, orderly pathway functioning, with one substrate forming the next and with glycolysis, TCA cycle and ETS pathway following one after another.

2. The NADH synthesised in glycolysis is transferred into the mitochondria and undergoes oxidative phosphorylation.

3. None of the intermediates in the pathway are utilised to synthesise any other compound.

4. Only glucose is being respired – no other alternative substrates are entering in the pathway at any of the intermediary stages.

Plus One Botany Respiration in Plants Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Common phase between aerobic and anaerobic modes of respiration is
(a) Krebs cycle
(b) EMP/glycolysis
(c) oxidative phosphorylation
(d) PPP
Answer:
(b) EMP/glycolysis

Question 2.
Complete oxidation of one gram mol. of Glucose give rise to
(a) 6860,000 cal
(b) 686,000 cal
(c) 68,600 cal
(d) 6860 cal
Answer:
(b) 686,000 cal

Question 3.
When a molecule of pyruvic acid is subjected to anaerobic oxidation and forms Lactic acid there is
(a) loss of 3 ATP molecules
(b) loss of 6ATP molecules
(c) loss of 2 ATP molecules
(d) loss of 4 ATP molecules
Answer:
(b) loss of 6ATP molecules

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 4.
When one glucose molecule is completely oxidised, it changes
(a) 36 ADP mole into 36 ATP molecules
(b) 32 ADP mole into 32 ATP molecules
(c) 38 ADP mole into 38 ATP molecules
(d) 30 ADP mole into 30 ATP molecules
Answer:
(c) 38 ADP mole into 38 ATP molecules

Question 5.
Substrate phosphorylation occurs during
(a) Fumaric acid → malic acid
(b) Oxalosuccinic acid → alpha-ketoglutaric acid
(c) Succinic acid – fumaric acid
(d) a Ketoglutaric acid – Succinic acid
Answer:
(d) a Ketoglutaric acid – Succinic acid

Question 6.
Glycolysis is significant for energy production in
(a) RBC
(b) fungi
(c) plants
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(a) RBC

Question 7.
In aerobic respiration
(a) 2 PGAL are formed in Glycolysis and none in kerbs cycle
(b) 6 PGAL in glycolysis, 3 PGAL in kerbs cycle
(c) PGAL formation does not occur in respiration
(d) 8 PGAL in glycolysis, 3 PGAL in krebs cycle
Answer:
(a) 2 PGAL are formed in Glycolysis and none in kerbs cycle

Question 8.
Two enzymes common to EMP pathway and C3 cycle are
(a) Aldolase & triosephosphate isomerase
(b) Aldolase & enolase
(c) Cytochrome oxidase & enolase
(d) phosphoglyceromutase & triosephosphate isomerase
Answer:
(a) Aldolase & triosephosphate isomerase

Question 9.
The RQ value of fat is 0.7, it indicates
(a) volume of CO2 is greater than O2
(b) volume of O2 is greater than CO2
(c) volume of CO2 is greater than volume of O2
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) volume of O2 is greater than CO2

Question 10.
The net gain of ATP in aerobic respiration is
(a) 18
(b) 36
(c) 38
(d) 8
Answer:
(b) 36

Question 11.
Three carboxylic group occurs in
(a) pyruvic acid
(b) citric acid
(c) malic acid
(d) Aspartic acid
Answer:
(b) citric acid

Question 12.
Which is the first 5C carbon compound formed in TCA cycle
(a) succinic acid
(b) oxaloacetic acid
(c) alpha-ketoglutaric acid
(d) fumaric acid
Answer:
(c) alpha-ketoglutaric acid

Question 13.
The concentration of alcohol in fermentation influence the
(a) death of cells
(b) growth of cells
(c) production of succinic acid
(d) production of lactic acid
Answer:
(a) death of cells

Question 14.
Acetyl coA is called
(a) 5C compound
(b) 2C compound
(c) 3C compound
(d) 4C compound
Answer:
(b) 2C compound

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Respiration in Plants

Question 15.
Wine and beer are produced directly by fermentation. Brandy and whisky require both fermentation and distillation because
(a) fermendation is inhibited at an alcohol level of 10-18%
(b) distillation prolongs storage
(c) distillation improves quality
(d) distillation purifies the beverage.
Answer:
(a) fermendation is inhibited at an alcohol level of 10-18%

Question 16.
The process by which ATP is produced in the inner membrane of a mitochondrion. The electron transport system transfers protons from the inner compartment to the outer, as the protons flow back to the inner compartment, the energy of their movement is used to add phosphate to ADP, forming ATP.
(a) Chemiosmosis
(b) Phosphorylation
(c) Glycolysis
(d) Fermentation
Answer:
(a) Chemiosmosis

Question 17.
In which of the following reactions of glycolysis, a molecule of water is removed from the substrate?
(a) Fructose – 6 – phosphate → Fructose -1, 6 – bisphosphate
(b) 3 – phosphate – glyceraldehyde → 1, 3 bisphosphoglyceric acid
(c) PEP → Pyruvic acid
(d) 2 – phosphoglycerate → PEP
Answer:
(d) 2 – phosphoglycerate → PEP

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Students can Download Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination Questions and Answers, Plus One zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Plus One Excretory Products and their Elimination One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1
Which one of the following is also known as an antidiuretic hormone?
(a) Oxytocin
(b) Vasopressin
(c) Adrenaline
(d) Calcitonin
Answer:
(b) Vasopressin

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 2.
A large quantity of one of the following is removed from our body by lungs.
(a) CO2 only
(b) H2O only
(c) CO2 and H2O
(d) ammonia
Answer:
(c) CO2 and H2O

Question 3.
The pH of human urine is approximately
(a) 6.5
(b) 7
(c) 6
(d) 7.5
Answer:
(c) 6

Question 4.
Which of the following pairs is wrong?
(a) Uricotelic ________ Birds
(b) Ureotelic _________ Insects
(c) Ammonotelic ________ Tadpole
(d) Ureotelic _________ Elephant
Answer:
(c) Ammonotelic ________ Tadpole

Question 5.
Which one of the following statements is incorrect?
(a) The medullary zone of kidney is divided into a few conical masses called medullary pyramids projecting into the calyces.
(b) Inside the kidney the cortical region extends in between the medullary pyramids as renal pelvis.
(c) Glomerulus along with Bowman’s capsule is called the renal corpuscle.
(d) Renal corpuscle, proximal convoluted tabule (PCT) and distal convoluted tubule (DCT) of the nephron are situated in the cortical region of kidney.
Answer:
(b) Inside the kidney the cortical region extends in between the medullary pyramids as renal pelvis.

Question 6.
Take the odd one justify?
GFR, JGA, ANF, ADH, TSH
Answer:
TSH: all others are the hormones regulate urine formation.

Question 7.
Identify the ammonotelic animal from the following and give reason. (Man, Crow, Lizard, Tadpole)
Answer:
Tadpole

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 8.
While studying the excretory system in man, a student noticed some words.
RAAS and JGA. Can you help him to expand these terms.
Answer:
RAAS – Renin – Angiotensin – Aldosterone System
JGA – Juxta glomerular apparatus

Question 9.
In ureotelic animals, urea is produced in
(a) Kidney
(b) Liver
(c) Flame cells
(d) Malpighian tubules
Answer;
(b) Liver

Question 10.
State whether true or false and correct the false statements if any:

  1. Flame cells are the excretory structures in round worms.
  2. Fat is absorbed in the form of chylomicrons through the intestinal villi.
  3. Blood is absent in cockroach.
  4. Joint between atlas and axis vertebrae is a pivot joint.

Answer:

  1. False – Flame cells are the excretory structures in flat worms.
  2. True
  3. False – Blood is present in cockroach. It is colourless.
  4. True

Plus One Excretory Products and their Elimination Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Draw the schematic diagram of the urine formation. (Hint: Show all the three process involved)
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 1

Question 2.
Complete the following sentences.

  1. Reabsorption of water from DCT is facilitated by the hormone __________
  2. Kidney failure can cause a bone disorder called _________
  3. Angiotensin II activates the adrenal cortex to release __________
  4. In cases of Kidney failure, urea can be removed by the process called __________

Answer:

  1. ADH
  2. Gout
  3. Aldosterone
  4. Hemodialysis

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 3.
Pick out the correct word from list provided (Myasthenia gravis, Uremia, Angina, diuresis)

  1. Autoimmune disorder affecting neuromuscular junction is __________
  2. Reduce loss of water through urine is _________
  3. A system of acute chest pain appears when no enough oxygen is reaching the heart muscle is _________
  4. Accumulation of urea in blood is __________

Answer:

  1. Myasthenia gravis
  2. Diuresis
  3. Angina
  4. Uremia

Question 4.
Classify the following animals according to their type of excretion.
Frog, Tadpole, birds, man, Turtle, shark, insect, camel
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 2

Question 5.
Tadpole is ammonotelic while the frog is ureotelic. Comment on this statement.
Answer:
Tadpole larvae’s habitat is aquatic whereas the frog lives in the terrestrial habitat. So in the aquatic habitat due to the presence of water, ammonia can be excreted easily.

But in frog the water must be conserved. So ammonia is changed into urea which needs only small quantity of water for excretion.

Question 6.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 3

  1. Label the parts (1) and (2).
  2. Name the functional unit of the kidney.

Answer:

  1. The parts are:
    • (1) – Renal cortex
    • (2) – Ureter
  2. Nephron

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 7.
Rearrange the following parts in their correct way.
Glomerulus → Capsular space → loop of Henle → PCT → DCT → Collecting duct → Collecting tubule → Ureter → Renal pelvis → Urethra → Urinary bladder.
Answer:
Glomerulus → Capsular space → PCT → Loop of Henle → DCT →Collecting tubule → Collecting duct → Renal pelvis → Ureter → Urinary bladder → Urethra.

Question 8.
Fill in the gaps:

  1. Ascending limb of Henle’s loop is ____(1)____ to water. Whereas the descending limb is _____(2)_____ to it.
  2. Reabsorption of water from distal parts of the tubules is facilitated by hormone __________
  3. Dialysis fluid contain all the constituents as in plasma except ________
  4. A healthy adult human excretes (on an average) _______ gm of urea/day.

Answer:

  1. (1) – Impermeable, (2) -Permeable
  2. ADH
  3. Nitrogenous wastes
  4. 25-30 gm of urea/day

Question 9.
Brain controls the kidney action.

  1. Name the hormones involved in this.
  2. How do they act on kidney?

Answer:

  1. Antidiuretic Hormone (ADH)
  2. The pituitary gland release the hypothalamic hormone ADH and its is transported to the kidney. The presence of ADH makes the tubules permeable to water. Thus the water is conserved or excreted according to the presence of fluid level in the body.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 10.
A patient approaches a doctor having symptoms like excretion of large amount of urine, excessive thirst and dehydration.

  1. Identify the disease.
  2. Which hormone deficiency causes this disease?

Answer:

  1. Diabetes insipidus
  2. ADH

Question 11.
A table showing the average quantity of urine in a person in two different seasons are given.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 4

  1. Compare it. Do you agree with this table? State the reason for producing different Quantity in different season.
  2. Name the hormone responsible for that.

Answer:

  1. Amount of water in the body is low in summer season and increase its quantity in winter season. In summer season water lose is very high due to various reasons like evaporation. So body eliminate less amount of waterthrough urine to conserve water in the body
  2. ADH or vasopressin

Question 12.
Teacher asks one of the student to name the excretory organs in man. He names three organs beside kidney. Teacher appreciates him for the correct answer.

  1. What was his answer?
  2. Give the excretory role of the above organs

Answer:

  1. Liver, skin, lungs
  2. the excretory role of the above organs
    • Liver – Excretes cholesterol, bile pigments, etc.
    • Skin – Sweat gland- Excretes excess sodium chloride, small amount of urea lactic acid etc. Sebaceous gland excretes lipids such as waxes, steroles, fatty acid etc.
    • Lungs – Excretes CO2 and water

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 13.
Observe the diagram
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 5

  1. Copy the diagram and fill the gaps.
  2. Write the concentration of glomerular filtrate (Isotonic, Hypotonic, Hypertonic) in the given regions of the nephron.
    • Proximal convoluted tubule
    • Descending limb
    • Ascending limb
    • Distal convoluted tubule

Answer:
1.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 6

2. Concentration of glomerular filtrate

  • Proximal convoluted tubule – isotonic
  • Descending limb – hypertonic
  • Ascending limb – hypotonic
  • Distal convoluted tubule – Hypertonic

Question 14.
A patient with renal failure in waiting for a kidney donor for a transplantation operation. The urea level is high and the patient is developing symptoms of uremia. What method you can suggest to keep the patient live till a donor can be found. Explain the principle behind it.
Answer:
Haemodialysis. The haemodialyser has a cellophane tube bathed in a fluid with ionic concentration similarto that of plasma. The process of separation of small solutes from macromolecular colloids is done hereby the process of diffusion. So the blood will be free from urea, uric acid and creatinine.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 15.
About 125ml of glomerular filtrate is produced per minute in our kidney. However 1ml of urine is produced each minute. What happens to the other 124ml of the filtrate.
Answer:
In man about 125ml of glomerular filtrate is formed per minute. But most of the substances are reabsorbed into tubular network of capillaries. This process is known as selective reabsorption. High threshold substances reabsorbed by active transport and low threshold substances reabsorbed by diffusion.

Question 16.
Consumption of alcohol tends to frequent urination.

  1. Name the hormone that control it.
  2. Draw a flow chart showing the action of ethanol present in alcohol and its consequences on urinary system.

Answer:
1. Antidiuretic hormone (ADH)

2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 7

Question 17.
Prepare a flow chart showing hormonal control by Juxta glomerular apparatus (JGA) in regulation of kidney function.
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 8

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 18.
Flow of blood in vasa recta is known as counter current system. Give reason.
Answer:
The vasa recta is thin walled capillaries lying parallel to the loop of Henle. The blood entering the descending limb of each vasarecta come in close contact with the outgoing blood in ascending limb. This system is called counter current system.

The two limbs of the loop of Henle form another counter current system. These two systems are concentrating the urine in mammalian kidney by diffusion and osmosis.

Question 19.
‘Micturition is an involuntary as well as a voluntary process.’ Justify the statement.
Answer:
The elimination of urine from the urinary bladder is called micturition. The gradual filling of the urinary bladder causes stretching. When the bladder is filled to its limit, the stretch receptors send impulses to the brain to excrete the urine.

The initiation and inhibition of micturition is voluntary in adult but involuntary in children. Due to lack of nervous control the micturition in some humans become involuntary causing bed wetting.

Question 20.
In alcoholic drinkers the urine is dilute. Why?
Answer:
The process of reabsorption of water by the distal parts ofthe kidney tubules become low efficient. This occurs due to the deficiency of ADH. lt leads to diabetes insipedus.

Question 21.
Distinguish between diabetis mellitus and diabetis insipedus.
Answer:
Insulin deficiency causes large amounts of blood sugar to be lost in the urine. It leads to diabetis melitus while the deficiency of ADH leads to diabetes insipedus i.e dilute urine disease.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 22.
The failure of removing toxic substances from the blood ultimately leads kidney failure.

  1. How is it temporarily solved.
  2. Name the machine is used.

Answer:

  1. Hemodialysis is an artificial process of removing toxic substances from the blood
  2. Artificial kidney or Hemodialysis machine.

Plus One Excretory Products and their Elimination Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
State the differences between the following.

  1. Tubular reabsorption and Tubular secretion.
  2. ADH and RAAS.

Answer:
1. Tubular reabsorption:
The process of selective reabsorption of most of the useful substances from the glomerular filtrate in the renal tubule.

Tubular secretion:
It is the process of active secretion of certain substances such as Hydrogen ions, ammonia etc. from the blood into the lumen of the urinary tubules by the tubular epithelium during urine formation.

2. ADH:
ADH is the hormone from posterior pituitary gland, makes the wall of the distal convoluted tube and collecting tubule permeable to water so that more water is reabsorbed.

RAAS:
Renin – Angiotensin – Aldosterone system increases the blood pressure by constricting arterioles and increases the blood volume by stimulating proximal convoluted tubule.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 9

  1. What does the diagram represent?
  2. Name the parts A, B, C, D.
  3. What is the physiological function taking place in part ‘B.

Answer:

  1. Nephron
  2. The parts are
    • A – Bowman’s capsule
    • B – Henle’s loop
    • C – Proximal convoluted tubule
    • D – Collecting duct

3. Henle’s loop is the site of osmoregulation in human kidney. The descending limb of loop of Henle is permeable to water but almost impermeable to electrolytes. The ascending limb is impermeable to water but allows transport of electrolyte actively or passively.

Therefore, as the concentrated filtrate pass upward, it gets diluted due to the passage of electrolytes to the medullary fluid.

Question 3.
Observe the diagram and answer the questions.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 10

  1. Identify the labelled parts A, B, C, D.
  2. What does the diagram represents?

Answer:

  1. The labelled parts are
    • A – Afferent arteriole
    • B – Efferent arteriole
    • C – Glomerulus
    • D – Bowman’s capsule
  2. Glomerular Filtration

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 4.
Observe the diagram given below which represents the counter current system in nephron and vasa recta. This mechanism helps in maintaining concentration gradient in the medullary interstitium. Substantiate.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 11
Answer:
The flow of Glomerular filtrate in the two limbs of Henle’s loop is in opposite directions and thus forms a counter current. The flow of blood through the two limbs of vasa recta is also in a counter current pattern.

The proximity between the Henle’s loop and vasa recta, as well as the counter current in them help in maintaining an increasing osmolarity towards the inner medullary interstitium i.e, from 300 mOsmolL1 in the cortex to about 1200 mOsmolL1 in the inner medulla.

This gradient is mainly caused by NACI and urea. NaCl is transported by the ascending limb of Henle’s loop which is exchanged with the descending limb of vasa recta.

Similarly, small amounts of urea enter the thin segment of the ascending limb of Henle’s loop which in transported back to the interstitium by the collecting tubule. This counter current mechanism helps to maintain a concentration gradient in the medullary interstitium.

Question 5.
The steps involved in the treatment of a uremic patient is given below.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 12

  1. Complete the missing steps (a) and (b)
  2. Diagonise the treatment
  3. Name the organ which is under failure

Answer:

  1. The missing steps are
    • (a) – Anticoagulant like heparin
    • (b) – Anti – heparin
  2. Hemodialysis
  3. Kidney

Question 6.

  1. Name the mechanism by which JGA plays a complex regulatory role.
  2. Draw a flow chart showing the mechanism.
  3. Mention the feed back which act as a check on the above mechanism,

Answer:
1. Renin-Angiotensin mechanism

2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination - 13
3. An increase in blood flow to the atria of the heart can cause the release of Atrial Natriuretic factor (ANF). ANF can cause vasodilation and thereby decrease the blood pressure. ANF mechanism act as a check on the renin-Angiotensin mechanism.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 7.
Note the relationship between the first two words and suggest a suitable word in the missing place.

  1. Cockroach – Malpighian Tubule : Flatworm – _________
  2. Man – Kidney : Earthworm – _________
  3. Prawn – Greengland : Amphioxus – __________

Answer:

  1. Flame cells
  2. Nephridia
  3. Protonephridia

Plus One Excretory Products and their Elimination NCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define Glomerular Filtration Rate(GFR)
Answer:
Glomerular Filtration Rate (GFR). The amount of the filtrate formed by the kidneys per minute is called glomercular filtration rate (GFR). GFR in a healthy individual is approximately 125ml/minute, i.e., 180 litres per day. On an average, 1100 -1200 ml of blood pumped out by each ventricle of the heart in a minute.

Question 2.
Explain the autoregulatory mechanism of GFR.
Answer:
Regulation of GFR. The kidney have built-in mechanisms for the regulation of glomerular filtration rate. One such efficient mechanism is carried out by juxta glomerular apparatus(JGA).

JGA is a special sensitive region formed by cellular modifications in the distal convoluted tubule and the afferent arteriole at the location of their contact. A fall in GFR can activate the JG cells to release renin which can stimulate the glomercular blood flow and thereby the GFR back to normal.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 3.
Indicate whether the following statements are true or false:

  1. Micturition is carried out by a reflex
  2. ADH helps in water elimination, making the urine hypotonic.
  3. Protein-free fluid is filtered from blood plasma into the Bowman’s capsule.
  4. Henle’s loop plays an important role in concentrating the urine.
  5. Glucose is actively reabsorbed in the proximal convoluted tublue.

Answer:

  1. True
  2. False
  3. True
  4. True
  5. True

Question 4.
Give a brief account of the counter mechanism.
Answer:
Counter current Mechanism. The Henle’s loop and vasa recta play a significant role in this. The flow of filtrate in the two limbs of Henle’s loop is in opposite directions and thus forms a countercurrent.

The flow of blood through the two limbs of vasa recta is also in a countercurrent pattern. The proximity between the Henle’s loop and vasa recta, as well as the counter current in them help in maintaining an increasing osmolarity towards the inner medullary in terstitium, i.e., from 300 mOsmolL-1 in the cortex to about 1200 mOsmolL-1 in the inner medulla.

This gradient is mainly caused by NaCI and urea. NaCI is transported by the ascending limb of Henle’s loop which is exchanged with the descending limb of vasa recta. NaCI is returned to the intestitium by the ascending portion of vasa recta.

Question 5.
What is meant by the term osmoregulation?
Answer:
Osmoregulation is the regulation of blood volume, body fluid volume and ionic concentration

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 6.
Match the items of column I with those of column II.
Column I Column II

Column IColumn II
(a) Ammonotelism(i) Birds
(b) Bowman’s capsule(ii) Water reabsorption
(c) Micturition(iii) Bony fish
(d) Uricotelism(iv) Urinary bladder
(e) ADH(v) Renal tubule

Answer:
(a) – (iii)
(b) – (v)
(c) – (iv)
(d) – (i)
(e) – (ii)

Question 7.
Name the following.

  1. A chordate animal having flame cells as excretory structures.
  2. Cortical portions projecting between the medullary pyramids in the human kidney.
  3. A loop of capillary running parallel to the Henle’s loop.

Answer:

  1. Cephalochordata
  2. Columns of Bertini
  3. Vasa Recta

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 8.
Fill in the gaps:

  1. Ascending limb of Henle’s loop is ________ to water whereas the descending limb is __________ to it.
  2. Reabsorption of water from distal parts of the tubules is facilitated by hormone ___________
  3. Dialysis fluid contain all the constituents as in plasma except ___________
  4. A healthy adult human excretes (on an average) _________gm of urea/day.

Answer:

  1. impermeable, permeable
  2. ADH
  3. nitrogenous waste
  4. 25 to 30

Plus One Excretory Products and their Elimination Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What will happen if the stretch receptors of the urinary bladder wall are totally removed’?
(a) Urine will not collect in the bladder
(b) Micturition will continue
(c) Urine will continue to collect normally in the bladder
(d) There will be no micturition
Answer:
(c) Urine will continue to collect normally in the bladder

Question 2.
Green glands present in some arthropods help in
(a) respiration
(b) excretion
(c) digestion
(d) reproduction
Answer:
(b) excretion

Question 3.
Excretory product of spider is
(a) uric acid
(b) ammonia
(c) guanine
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) guanine

Question 4.
Which one is the component of ornithine cycle
(a) Ornithine, citrulline and fumaric acid
(b) Ornithine, citrulline and arginine
(c) Ornithine, citrulline and alanine
(d) Amino acids are not used
Answer:
(b) Ornithine, citrulline and arginine

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 5.
Urea synthesis occurs in
(a) kidney
(b) liver
(c) brain
(d) muscles
Answer:
(b) liver

Question 6.
Renin is secreted from
(a) juxtaglomerular cells
(b) podocytes
(c) nephridia
(d) stomach
Answer:
(a) juxtaglomerular cells

Question 7.
Loop of Henle is associated with
(a) excretory system
(b) respiratory system
(c) reproductive system
(d) digestive system
Answer:
(a) excretory system

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 8.
If one litre of water is introduced in human blood, then
(a) BMR increases
(b) RBC collapses and urine production increases
(c) RBC collapses and urine production decreases
(d) BMR decreases
Answer:
(b) RBC collapses and urine production increases

Question 9.
The urine is
(a) hypotonic to blood and isotonic in medullary fluid
(b) hypotonic to bloodand isotonic to medullary fluid
(c) isotonic to blood and hypotonic to medullary fluid
(d) hypertonic to blood and isotonic to medullary fluid
Answer:
(d) hypertonic to blood and isotonic to medullary fluid

Question 10.
Which substance is in higher concentration in blood than in glomerular filtrate’?
(a) Water
(b) Glucose
(c) Urea
(d) Plasma proteins
Answer:
(d) Plasma proteins

Question 11.
A large quantity of fluid is filtered everyday by the nephrons in the kidneys. Only about 1% of it is excreted as urine. The remaining 99% of the filtrate
(a) gets coiected in the renal pelvis
(b) is lost as sweat
(c) is stored in the urinary bladder
(d) is reabsorbed into the blood
Answer:
(d) is reabsorbed into the blood

Question 12.
The characteristic that is shared by urea, uric acid and ammonia is/are
I. They are nitrogenous wastes.
II. They all need very large amount of water for excretion.
III. They are all equally toxic.
IV. They are produced in the kidneys.
(a) I and III
(b) I and IV
(c) I, III and IV
(d) I only
Answer:
(d) I only

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 13.
A bird excretes nitrogenous waste materials in the form of?
(a) uric acid
(b) ammonia
(c) urea
(d) amino acids
Answer:
(a) uric acid

Question 14.
Which of the following is correct with reference to haemodialysis?
(a) Absorbs and resends excess of ions
(b) The dialysis unit has a coiled cellophane tube
(c) Blood is pumped back through a suitable artery after haemodialysis
(d) Anti-heparin is added priorto haemodialysis
Answer:
(b) The dialysis unit has a coiled cellophane tube

Question 15.
Find the incorrect statement regarding mechanism of urine formation in man.
(a) the glomerular filtration rate is about 125 mL/min
(b) the ultra filtration is opposed by the colloidal osmotic pressure of plasma
(c) tubular secretion takes place in the PCT
(d) aldosterone induces greater reabsorption of sodium
Answer:
(c) tubular secretion takes place in the PCT

Question 16.
The excretory material of bony fish is
(a) urea
(b) protein
(c) ammonia
(d) amino acid
Answer:
(c) ammonia

Question 17.
The yellow colour of urine is due to the presence of
(a) urea
(b) uric acid
(c) urochrome
(d) bilirubin
Answer:
(c) urochrome

Question 18.
Malpighian tubules are
(a) excretory organs of insects
(b) excretory organs of frog
(c) respiratory organs of insects
(d) endocrine glands of insects
Answer:
(a) excretory organs of insects

Question 19.
The size of filtration slits of glomerulus
(a) 10wn
(b) 15nm
(c) 20nm
(d) 25nm
Answer:
(d) 25nm

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Excretory Products and their Elimination

Question 20.
The conversion of dangerous nitrogenous waste into less toxic excretory matter is carried out in man in the
(a) blood
(b) liver
(c) kidney
(d) skin
Answer:
(b) liver

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Students can Download Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT Questions and Answers, Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Plus Two Computer Application Trends and Issues in ICT One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
SIM is_____.
(a) Subscriber Identity Module
(b) Subscriber Identity Mobile
(c) Subscription Identity Module
(d) Subscription Identity Mobile
Answer:
(a) Subscriber Identity Module

Question 2.
The protocol used to send SMS message is______.
Answer:
SS7 (Signalling System No.7)

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 3.
_____is a standard way to send and receive short text message using mobile phone.
Answer:
Short Message Service(SMS)

Question 4.
_____is a standard way to send and receive message with multimedia content using mobile phone.
Answer:
Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)

Question 5.
From the following which generation network has more speed?
(a) 1G
(b) 3G
(c) 2G
(d) 4G
Answer:
(d) 4G

Question 6.
GSM stands for______.
Answer:
Global System for Mobiles.

Question 7.
CDMA stands for_____.
Answer:
Code Division Multiple Access

Question 8.
GPRS stands for______.
Answer:
Global Packet Radio Sysetm.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 9.
GPS stands for______.
Answer:
Global Positioning System.

Question 10.
EDGE stands for____.
Answer:
Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution

Question 11.
_____technology provides speed, voice quality, wider coverage, better security to the mobile network than GSM network.
Answer:
CDMA

Question 12.
Write down the popular standards introduced by 2G network.
Answer:
GSM and CDMA

Question 13.
From the following which one is used analog signals instead of digital signals.
(a) 2G
(b) 3G
(c) 1G
(d) 4G
Answer:
(c) 1G

Question 14.
Consider a person while using internet through mobile phone, it shows G on the network coverage icon. Which type of network is he using and name the communication feature.
Answer:
The network is 2G and the communication feature is GPRS.

Question 15.
Consider a person while using internet through mobile phone, it shows E on the network coverage icon. Which type of network is he using and name the communication feature.
Answer:
The network is 2G and the communication feature is EDGE.

Question 16.
Consider a person while using internet through mobile phone, it shows H on the network coverage icon. Which type of network is he using and name the technology.
Answer:
The network is 3G and the technology is WCDMA

Question 17.
_____is the technology used in 3G.
Answer:
WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)

Question 18.
______is the technology used in 4G.
Answer:
OFDMA(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access)

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 19.
From the following which generation network provides good quality images and videos than TV.
(a) 1G
(b) 2G
(c) 3G
(d) 4G
Answer:
(d) 4G

Question 20.
SMS stands for_______.
Answer:
Short Message Service

Question 21.
MMS stands for_______.
Answer:
Multimedia Messaging Service

Question 22.
______is a plastic card with small chip.
Answer:
Smart card

Question 23.
MOS stands for_______.
Answer:
Mobile Operating systems

Question 24.
Name a Mobile Operating System.
Answer:
Android.

Question 25.
KitKat, Jelly Bean, Donut, Cupcake are the different versions of______OperatingSystem.
KitKat, Jelly Bean, Donut, Cupcake 4rmloi
Answer:
Android.

Question 26.
RFID stands for______.
Answer:
Radio Frequency Identification

Question 27.
_______technology helped in Business Logistics to identify, track, sort or detect objects.
Answer:
RFID technology

Question 28.
IPR stands for_______.
Answer:
Intellectual Property Right

Question 29.
WIPO stands for_______.
Answer:
World Intellectual Property Organisation

Question 30.
_______is the exclusive rights to prevent unauthorized copying of inventions by a Creator from the Unauthorised person or company.
Answer:
Patent

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 31.
______is a unique, simple and memorable sign to promote a brand and hence increase the business and goodwill of a company.
Answer:
Trademark

Question 32.
A product or article is designed so beautifully to attract the customers. This type of design is called______.
Answer:
Industrial Design.

Question 33.
Aranmuia Kannadi, Palakkadan Matta, Marayoor Sarkkara, etc are example of______.
Answer:
Geographical indications.

Question 34.
_______is the property right that arises automatically when a person creates a new work by his own and by Law it prevents the others from the unauthorized or intentional copying of this without the permission of the creator.
Answer:
Copyright

Question 35.
From the following which is the symbol for copyright.
(a)  $
(b) ©
(c) ®
(d) ™
Answer:
(b) ©

Question 36.
From the following which is the symbol for Unregistered trademark.
(a)  $
(b) ©
(c) ®
(d) ™
Answer:
(d) ™

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 37.
From the following which is the symbol for Registered trademark.
(a)  $
(b) ©
(c) ®
(d) ™
Answer:
(c) ®

Question 38.
Unauthorized copying or use of Intellectual property rights such as Patents, Copy rights and Trademarks are called_______.
Answer:
Intellectual Property Infringement.

Question 39.
______prevents others from the unauthorized or intentional copying or use of Patent without the permission of the creator.
Answer:
Patent Infringement

Question 40.
______is the illegal copying, distribution, or use of software.
Answer:
Piracy

Question 41.
_______prevents others from the unauthorized or intentional copying or use of Trademark without the permission of the creator.
Answer:
Trademark Infringement

Question 42.
_______prevents others from the unauthorized or intentional copying or use of Copy right without the permission of the creator.
Answer:
Copy right Infringement

Question 43.
______is a virtual environment created by computer systems connected to the internet.
Answer:
Cyber space

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 44.
A person committing crimes and illegal activities with the use of computer over Internet. This crime is included as______crime.
Answer:
Cyber crime

Question 45.
State True or False.
Cyber crimes can be classified into three categories such as against individual, property, and Government.
Answer:
True

Question 46.
Phishing, hacking, denial of service attacks, etc are______crimes.
Answer:
Cyber

Question 47.
Odd one out
(a) Identity theft
(b) Harrassment
(c) vilation of privacy
(d) credit card fraud
Answer:
(d) credit card fraud, it is a cyber crime against individual others are cyber crimes against property

Question 48.
Odd one out
(a) Credit card theft
(b) Intellectual property theft
(c) Internet time theft
(d) Dissemination of obscene material
Answer:
(d) Dissemination of obscene material, It is cyber crime against individual, the others are cyber against property

Question 49.
Odd one out
(a) cyber terrorism
(b) Attacks against e-Governance websites
(c) Impersonation and cheating
(d) Website defacement
Answer:
(c) Impersonation and cheating, it is cyber crime against individual others are cyber crimes against Government

Question 50.
IT Act amended in_______
(a) 2015
(b) 2008
(c) 1900
(d) 1998
Answer:
(b) 2008

Question 51.
IT Act passed in Indian parliament is_______.
Answer:
2000

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 52.
The laws to prevent cyber crimes is termed as______.
Answer:
Cyber law

Question 53.
_______ is the excessive enthusiasm for acquiring knowledge.
Answer:
Infomania

Question 54.
Phishing is an example of_______.
Answer:
Cyber crime

Question 55.
Expand the term GPRS.
Answer:
General Packet Radio Services.

Question 56.
SMS messages are exchanged using the protocol called_______.
Answer:
SS7(Signaling System No.7)

Question 57.
Pick the odd one out and justify your answer.
(A) SMS
(B) MMS
(C) GPS
(D) Android
Answer:
(D) Android. It is a mobile operating System. Others are mobile communication services.

Question 58.
Which among the following statements is wrong in relation with 2G network?
(A) It support MMS.
(B) It can provide only voice Service.
(C) GSM and CDMA are two popular standards introduced in 2G.
(D) 2G Network were later expanded to include GPRS and EDGE.
Answer:
(B) It can provide only voice service.

Question 59.
Pick the odd one out.
(A) Windows
(B) Android
(C) IOS
(D) Linux
Answer:
(D) Linux. Others are mobile Operating Systems.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 60.
_____refers to the exclusive right given to a person over the creation of his/her mind fora period of time.
Answer:
Patent / Intellectual Property Right

Question 61.
Which among the following are considered as violation to privacy?

  1. Keeping hidden cameras in private places
  2. Publishing private photos of individual in social media without their permission
  3. Use of unauthorized software
  4. Using simple password

(A) All the above are correct
(B) 1, 2 and 3 only
(C) 1 and 4 only
(D) 1 and 2 only
Answer:
(D) 1 and 2 only

Plus Two Computer Application Trends and Issues in ICT Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is mobile computing?
Answer:
The drawbacks of Desk computers are, it is heavy and power consumption rate is high and it is not portable (not mobile).

The advancements in computing technology, light weight, and low power consumption have led to the developments of more computing power in hand held devices like laptops, tablets, smart phones, etc.

Nowadays instead of desktops, light weight and low power consumption devices are used because they are cheap and common. Moreover, people are able to connect to others through internet even when they are in move.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 2.
Write short notes on SMS.
Answer:
It allows transferring short text messages containing up to 160 characters between mobile phones. The sent message reaches a Short Message Service Center(SMSC), that allows ‘store and forward’ systems.

It uses the protocol SS7(Signaling System No7). The first SMS message ‘Merry Christmas’ was sent on 03/12/1992 from a PC to a mobile phone on the Vodafone GSM network in UK.

Question 3.
Expand GPS? Explain?
Answer:
It is a space-based satellite navigation system that provides location and time information in all weather conditions, anywhere on or near the Earth where there is an unobstructed line of sight to four or more GPS satellites.

The system provides critical capabilities to military, civil and commercial users around the world. It is maintained by the United States government and is freely accessible to anyone with a GPS receiver. GPS was created and realized by the U.S.

Department of Defense (DoD) and was originally run with 24 satellites. It is used for vehicle navigation, aircraft navigation, ship navigation, oil exploration, Fishing, etc. GPS receivers are now integrated with mobile phones.

Question 4.
What is a smart card? How is it useful?
Answer:
A smart card is a plastic card with a computer chip or memory that stores and transacts data. A smart card (may be like your ATM card) reader used to store and transmit data. The advantages are it is secure, intelligent and convenient. The smart card technology is used in SIM for GSM phones. A SIM card is used as an identification proof.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 5.
How do trademark and industrial design differ?
Answer:
1. Trademark:
This is a unique, simple and memorable sign to promote a brand and hence increase the business and goodwill of a company. It must be registered. The period of registration is for 10 years and can be renewed. The registered trademark under Controller General of Patents Design and Trademarks cannot use or copy by anybody else.

2. Industrial designs:
A product or article is designed so beautifully to attract the customers. This type of designs is called industrial design. This is a prototype and used as a model for large scale production.

Question 6.
Explain the exclusive right given to the owner by IPR?
Answer:
The exclusive right given to the owner by IPR is owner can disclose their creations for money.

Question 7.
What is piracy?
Answer:
It is the unauthorized copying, distribution, and use of a creation without the permission of the creator. It is against the copy right act and hence the person committed deserve the punishment.

Question 8.
What do you meant by infringement?
Answer:
Unauthorized copying or use of Intellectual property rights such as Patents, Copy rights and Trademarks are called intellectual property lnfringement(violation). It is a punishable offence.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 9.
Match the following.

(a) 1 G(i)  LTE (Long Term Evolution)
(b) 2 G(ii) GSM & CDMA
(c) 3 G(iii) Analog system which support only voice facility
(d) 4 G(iv) WCDMA

Answer:

  • (a) – (iii)
  • (b) – (ii)
  • (c) – (iv)
  • (d) – (i)

Plus Two Computer Application Trends and Issues in ICT Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Compare GSM and CDMA standards.
Answer:
1. Global System for Mobile (GSM):
It is the most successful standard. It uses narrow band TDMA(Time Division Multiple Access), allows simultaneous calls on the same frequency range of 900 MHz to 1800 MHz. The network is identified using the SIM(Subscriber Identity Module).

2. GPRS (General Packet Radio Services):
It is a packet oriented mobile data service on the 2G on GSM. GPRS was originally standardized by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSlJ GPRS usage is typically charged based on volume of data transferred. Usage above the bundle cap is either charged per megabyte or disallowed.

3. EDGE(Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution):
It is three times faster than GPRS. It is used for voice communication as well as an internet connection.

4. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA):
It is a channel access method used by various radio communication technologies. CDMA is an example of multiple access, which is where several transmitters can send information simultaneously over a single communication channel.

This allows several users to share a band of frequencies To permit this to be achieved without undue interference between the users, and provide better security.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 2.
Differentiate GPRS and EDGE?
Answer:
1. GPRS(General Packet Radio Services):
It is a packet oriented mobile data service on the 2G on GSM. GPRS was originally standardized by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) GPRS usage is typically charged based on volume of data transferred. Usage above the bundle cap is either charged per megabyte or disallowed.

2. EDGE(Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution):
It is three times faster than GPRS. It is used for voice communication as well as an internet connection.

Question 3.
Explain the features of Android OS.
Answer:
It is a Linux based OS for Touch screen devices such as smart phones and tablets.lt was developed by Android Inc. founded in Palo Alto, California in 2003 by Andy Rubin and his friends. In 2005, Google acquired this.

Ateam led by Rubin developed a mobile device platform powered by the Linux Kernel. The interface of Android OS is based on touch inputs like swiping, tapping, pinching in and out to manipulate on screen objects.

In 2007 onwards this OS is used in many mobile phones and tablets. Android SDK(Software Development Kit) is available to create applications(apps) like Google Maps, FB, What’s App.etc. It is of open source nature and many Apps are available for free download from the Android Play Store hence increase the popularity.

Question 4.
What is cyberspace?
Answer:
Earlier Traditional communication services such as postal service(Snail mail) are used for communication. It is a low speed and not reliable service. In order to increase the speed Telegram Services were used. Its speed was high but it has lot of limitations and expensive too. Latertelephoneswere used for voice communication.

Nowadays telephone system and computer system are integrated and create a virtual(unreal) environment. This is called cyber space. The result for this integration is that tremendous speed and it is very cheap.

Question 5.
Why is cyberspace called a virtual world?
Answer:
The telephone system and computer system are integrated and create a virtual(unreal) environment. This is called cyber space. The result for this integration is that tremendous speed and it is very cheap.

This is an imaginary world. We can see persons with different behaviour. Because of good and bad people we can’t believe blindly. If we search a solution fora problem thousands of answers will get instantly and may confused us.

Question 6.
What is copyright? How does it differ from patent?
Answer:
1. Copyright:
The trade mark is ©, copy right is the property right that arises automatically when a person creates a new work by his own and by Law it prevents the others from the unauthorized or intentional copying of this without the permission of the creator for 60 years after the death of the author.

2. Patents:
A person or organization invented a product or a creation can be protected from unauthorized copying or creation without the permission of the creator by law. This right is called Patent. In India the validity of the right is up to 20 years. After this anybody can use freely.

Question 7.
Why is Cyber law important?
Answer:
Just like normal crimes (theft, trespassing private . area, destroy, etc.) Cyber crimes (Virus, Trojan Horse, Phishing, Denial of Service, Pornography, etc.) also increased significantly. Due to cyber crime, the victims lose money, reputation, etc. and some of them commit suicide.

Cyber law ensures the use of computers and Internet by the people safely and legally. It consists of rules and regulations like Indian Penal Code (IPC) to stop crimes and for the smooth functions of Cyber world. Two Acts are IT Act 2000 and IT Act Amended in 2008.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 8.
“Infomania has became a psychological problem”. Write your opinion.
Answer:
Infomania is the excessive desire(lnfatuation) for acquiring knowledge from various modern sources like Internet, Email, Social media, Instant Message Application(WhatsApp) and Smart Phones. Due to this the person may neglect daily routine such as family, friends, food, sleep, etc. hence they get tired.

They give first preference to Internet than others. They create their own Cyber World and no interaction to the surroundings and the family. They are more anxious and afraid that they will be out from the cyber world unless they updated.

Question 9.
What do you mean by big data in business? Explain big data analytics.
Answer:
Earlier before buying a product people may consult two or three shop keepers or local friends and take decisions. But nowadays before taking decisions people search shopping sites, social network groups(Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, twitter, etc), web portals etc.forthe best prices. Almost all online sites have product comparison menus.

By this we can compare the price, features, etc. Earlier a product is created and customers are forced to buy. But today customer is the King of the market, so products are created for the choices of the customers.

So companies gathering information about the customers from various sources such as social medias like Internet forums, social blogs, Micro blogs, etc. The volume of such data is very large and considered as big data in business.

With the help of a s/w analysis this big data and generate a report that contain all the information such as choices, taste, needs, status, etc of a customer.

Question 10.
What do you mean by business logistics?
Answer:
It is the management of the flow(transportation) of resources such as food, consumer goods, services, animals, etc in a business between the point of origin (source) and the point of consumption (destination) in order to meet the needs of companies and customers.

Business logistics consists of many more complexities. The effective use of hardware and software reduces the complexities faced in Business logistics. For this the hardware used is RFID(Radio Frequency Identification) tag and the reader.

It is like the barcode. The RFID tag contains all the details of a product and it consists of a combination of transmitter and a receiver. The data stored in the RFID tag can be accessed by a special reader and to read the data no need of RFID tag and reader in a line of site instead both are within a range.

This tag is used in Vehicles as a prepaid tag and makes the payments easier in Toll booths. Similarly, it is useful to take the Census of wild animals also.

Question 11.
How does RFID improve the way business is done?
Answer:
The data stored in the RFID tag can be accessed by a special reader and to read the data no need of RFID tag and reader in a line of site instead both are within a range.

This tag is used in Vehicles as a prepaid tag and makes the payments easier in Toll booths. Similarly, it is useful to take the Census of wild animals also.

In business the tag(contains details about Product code, Price, Batch no., Manufacturing Date, Expiry date, etc.) is stick on the cartons and by using RFID reader process it speedily.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 12.
Define Mobile computing.
Answer:
1. Mobile computing:
The drawbacks of Desk computers are, it is heavy and power consumption rate is high and it is not portable(not mobile).

The advancements in computing technology, light weight, and low power consumption have led to the developments of more computing power in hand held devices like laptops, tablets, smart phones, etc.

Nowadays instead of desktops, light weight and low power consumption devices are used because they are cheap and common. Moreover, people are able to connect to others through internet even when they are in move.

Question 13.
“2G networks introduced data services for the mobile. Two popular standards of 2G systems are GSM and CDMA.”

  1. Expand CDMA.
  2. Discuss the different technologies that are used to enhance data communication features of GSM.

Answer:
1. Code Division Multiple Access.

2. different technologies:

a. GPRS (General Packet Radio Services):
It is a packet oriented mobile data service on the 2G on GSM. GPRS was originally standardized by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) GPRS usage is typically charged based on volume of data transferred. Usage above the bundle cap is either charged per megabyte or disallowed.

b. EDGE(Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution):
It is three times faster than GPRS. It is used for voice communication as well as an internet connection.

Question 14.
“Mobile communication offers many services apart from the basic voice calling facility”

  1. Name the service which helps to locate a geographical position anywhere on the earth.
  2. Differentiate SMS and MMS.

Answer:
1. GPS

2. Differentiate SMS and MMS:

a. Short Message Service(SMS):
It allows transferring short text messages containing up to 160 characters between mobile phones. The sent message reaches a Short Message Service Center(SMSC), that allows ‘store and forward’ systems. It uses the protocol SS7(Signaling System No7). The first SMS message ‘Merry Christmas’ was sent on 03/ 12/1992 from a PC to a mobile phone on the Vodafone GSM network in UK.

b. Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS):
It allows sending Multi-Media(text, picture, audio and video file) content using mobile phones. It is an extension of SMS.

Question 15.
Write a short note on GPS.
Answer:
Global Positioning System(GPS):
It is a space-based satellite navigation system that provides location and time information in all weather conditions, anywhere on or near the Earth where there is an unobstructed line of sight to four or more GPS satellites.

The system provides critical capabilities to military, civil and commercial users around the world. It is maintained by the United States government and is freely accessible to anyone with a GPS receiver.

GPS was created and realized by the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and was originally run with 24 satellites. It is used for vehicle navigation, aircraft navigation, ship navigation, oil exploration, Fishing, etc. GPS receivers are now integrated with mobile phones.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 16.
Write a short note on Android OS.
Answer:
1. Android OS:
It is a Linux based OS for touch screen devices such as smart phones and tablets.lt was developed by Android Inc. founded in Palo Alto, California in 2003 by Andy Rubin and his friends.

In 2005, Google acquired this. A team led by Rubin developed a mobile device platform powered by the Linux Kernel. The interface of Android OS is based on touch inputs like swiping, tapping, pinching in and out to manipulate on screen objects. In 2007 onwards this OS is used in many mobile phones and tablets.

Question 17.
“In some of the states ration cards have been replaced by smart cards”. What is a smart card? List any two advantages of replacing ration card using smart cards?
Answer:
Smart Cards:
A smart card is a plastic card with a computer chip or memory that stores and transacts data. A smart card (may be like your ATM card) reader used to store and transmit data.

The advantages are it is secure, intelligent and convenient. The smart card technology is used in SIM for GSM phones. A SIM card is used as an identification proof.

Question 18.
Business firms have started watching the conversation and opinions posted in social media. Why?
Answer:
Business firms gathering information about the customers from various sources such as social medias like Internet forums, social blogs, Micro blogs, etc. The volume of such data is very large and considered as big data in business.

With the help of a s/w, analyses this big data and generate a report that contain all the information such as choices, taste, needs, status, opinions, suggestions etc of a customer.

Question 19.
“The following is a figure of a tag which helps in business logistics”
Plus Two Computer Application Trends and Issues in ICT Three Mark Questions and Answers 1

  1. Name the tag shown in the figure.
  2. How it helps business logistics?

Answer:
1. RFID tag

2. The data stored in the RFID tag can be accessed by a special reader and to read the data no need of RFID tag and reader in a line of site instead both are within a range.

This tag is used in Vehicles as a prepaid tag and makes the payments easier in Toll booths. Similarly, it is useful to take the Census of wild animals also.

In business the tag(contains details about Product code, Price, Batch no., Manufacturing Date, Expiry date, etc.) is stick on the cartons and by using RFID reader process it speedily.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 20.
“IPR (Intellectual Property Right) encourages innovation” Justify.
Answer:
Some people spend lots of money, time body and mental power to create some products such as a classical movie, album, artistic work, discoveries, invention, software, etc.

These type of Intellectual properties must be protected from unauthorized access by law. This is called Intellectual Property right(IPR). It enables to earn recognition, financial benefit, can sell the innovation, etc. It motivates further innovation.

Question 21.
Write a short note on

  1. Trademark
  2. Industrial design

Answer:
1. Trademark:
This is a unique, simple and memorable sign to promote a brand and hence increase the business and goodwill of a company. It must be registered. The period of registration is for 10 years and can be renewed. The registered trademark under Controller General of Patents Design and Trademarks cannot use or copy by anybody else.

2. Industrial designs:
A product or article is designed so beautifully to attract the customers. This type of designs is called industrial design. This is a prototype and used as a model for large scale production.

Question 22.
Compare patent and Trade mark.
Answer:
1. Patents:
A person or organization invented a product or a creation can be protected from unauthorized copying or creation without the permission of the creator by law. This right is called Patent. In India the validity of the right is up to 20 years. After this anybody can use freely.

2. Trademark:
This is a unique, simple and memorable sign to promote a brand and hence increase the business and goodwill of a company. It must be registered. The period of registration is for 10 years and can be renewed. The registered trademark under Controller General of Patents Design and Trademarks cannot use or copy by anybody else.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 23.
Write a short note on intellectual property theft.
Answer:
Intellectual property theft: The violation of Intellectual Property Right of Copy right, Trademark, Patent, etc. In film industry crores of investment is needed to create a movie. Intellectual Property thieves upload the movies on the Releasing day itself. Hence the revenue from the theatres are less significantly and undergoes huge loss. (Eg: Premam, Bahubali, etc).

Question 24.
What is cyberspace?
Answer:
a. CyberSpace:
Earlier Traditional communication services such as postal service (Snail mail) are used for communication. It is a low speed and not reliable service. In order to increase the speed Telegram Services were used.

Its speed was high but it has lot of limitations and expensive too. Later telephones were used for voice communication. Nowadays telephone system and computer system are integrated and create a virtual (unreal) environment. This is called cyber space. The result for this integration is that tremendous speed and it is very cheap.

Question 25.
Write a short note on the importance of IT Act 2000.
Answer:
Information Technology Act 2000 (amended in 2008):
IT Act 2000 controls the use of Computer(client), Server, Computer Networks, data and Information in Electronic format and provide legal infrastructure for E-commerce, in India.

This is developed to promote IT industry, control e-commerce, also ensures the smooth functioning of E-Governance and it prevents cyber crimes.

The person those who violate this will be prosecuted. In India IT bill introduced in the May 2000 Parliament Session and it is known as Information Technology Act 2000. Some exclusions and inclusions are introduced in December 2008.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 26.
“Informania affects people’s lives and their loved ones” Justify.
Answer:
Infomania is the excessive desire(lnfatuation) for acquiring knowledge from various modern sources like Internet, Email, Social media, Instant Message Application(WhatsApp) and Smart Phones. Due to this the person may neglect daily routine such as family, friends, food, sleep, etc.

Hence they get tired. They give first preference to Internet than others. They create their own Cyber World and no interaction to the surroundings and the family. They are more anxious and afraid that they will be out from the cyber world unless they updated.

Plus Two Computer Application Trends and Issues in ICT Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain generations in mobile communication?
Answer:
The mobile phone was introduced in the year 1946. Early stage it was expensive and limited services hence its growth was very slow. To solve this problem. Cellular communication concept was developed in 1960’ satBell Lab. 1990’s onwards cellular technology became a common standard in our country.
The various generations in mobile communication are:

a. First Generation networks (1 G):
It was developed around 1980, based on analog system and only voice transmission was allowed.

b. Second Generation networks (2G):
This is the next generation network that was allowed voice and data transmission. Picture message and MMS(Multimedia Messaging Service) were introduced. GSM and CDMA standards were introduced by 2G.

1. Global System for Mobile (GSM):
It is the most successful standard. It uses narrow band TDMA(Time Division Multiple Access), allows simultaneous calls on the same frequency range of 900 MHz to 1800 MHz. The network is identified using the SIM(Subscriber Identity Module).

(i) GPRS (General Packet Radio Services):
It is a packet oriented mobile data seivice on the 2G on GSM. GPRS was originally standardized by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) GPRS usage is typically charged based on volume of data transferred. Usage above the bundle cap is either charged per megabyte or disallowed.

(ii) EDGE (Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution):
It isthree times faster than GPRS. It is used for voice communication as well as an internet connection.

2. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA):
It is a channel access method used by various radio communication technologies. CDMA is an example of multiple access, which is where several transmitters can send information simultaneously over a single communication channel. This allows several users to share a band of frequencies To permit this to be achieved without undue interference between the users, and provide better security.

c. Third Generation networks(3G):
It allows high data transfer rate for mobile devices and offers high speed wireless broadband services combining voice and data. To enjoy this service 3G enabled mobile towers and hand sets required.

d. Fourth Generation networks(4G):
It is also called Long Term Evolution(LTE) and also offers ultra broadband Internet facility such as high quality streaming video. It also offers good quality image and videos than TV.

e. Fifth Generation networks:
This is the next generation network and expected to come in practice in 2020. It is more faster and cost effective than other four generations. More connections can be provided and more energy efficient.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 2.
Explain different categories of cyber crimes in detail.
Answer:
Just like normal crimes(theft, trespassing private area, destroy, etc,) Cyber crimes(Virus, Trojan Horse, Phishing, Denial of Service, Pornography, etc) also increased significantly. Due to cyber crime, the victims lose money, reputation, etc and some of them commit suicide.

A. Cyber crimes against individuals:

1. Identity theft:
The various information such as personal details(name, Date of Birth, Address, Phone number, etc.), Credit / Debit Card details(Card number, PIN, Expiry Date, CW, etc), Bank details, etc. are the identity of a person. Stealing these information by acting as the authorized person without the permission of a person is called Identity theft. The misuse of this information is a punishable offence.

2. Harassment:
Commenting badly about a particular person’s gender, colour, race, religion, nationality, in Social Media is considered as harassment. This is done with the help of Internet is called Cyber stalking (Nuisance). This is a kind of torturing and it may lead to spoil friendship, career, self image and confidence. Sometimes may lead to a big tragedy of a whole family or a group of persons.

3. Impersonation and cheating:
Fake accounts are created in Social Medias and act as the original one for the purpose of cheating or misleading others. Eg: Fake accounts in Social Medias (Facebook, Twitter, etc), fake sms, fake emails, etc.

4. Violation of privacy:
Trespassing into another person’s life and try to spoil the life. It is a punishable offence. Hidden camera is used to capture the video or picture and black mailing them.

5. Dissemination of obscene material:
With the help of hidden camera capture unwanted video or picture. Distribute or publish this obscene clips on Internet without the consent of the victims may mislead the people specifically the younger ones.

B. Cyber crimes against property:
Stealing credit card details, hacking passwords of social media accounts or mail account or Net banking, uploading latest movies, etc, are considered as cyber crimes against property.

1. Credit card fraud:
Stealing the details such as credit card number, company name, expiry date, cvv number, password, etc. and use these details to make payment for purchasing goods or transfer funds also.

2. Intellectual property theft:
The violation of Intellectual Property Right of Copy right, Trademark, Patent, etc. In film industry crores of investment is needed to create a movie. Intellectual Property thieves upload the movies on the Releasing day itself.

Hence the revenue from the theatres are less significantly and undergoes huge loss. (Eg: Premam, Bahubali, etc). Copying a person’s creation and present as a new creation is called plagiarism. This can be identified some tools (programs) available in the Internet.

3. Internet time theft:
This is deals with the misuse of WiFi Internet facility. If it is not protected by good password there is a chance of misuse our devices (Modem/Router) to access Internet without our consent by unauthorized persons. Hence our money and volume of data (Package) will lose and we may face the consequences if others make any crimes.

C. Cyber crimes against government:
The cyber crimes against Govt, websites is increased significantly. For example in 2015 the
website of Registration Department of Kerala is hacked and destroys data from 2012 onwards.

1. Cyber terrorism:
It is deals with the attacks against very sensitive computer networks like computer-controlled atomic energy power plants, air traffic controls, Gas line controls, telecom, Metro rail controls, Satellites, etc. This is a very serious matter and may lead to huge loss (money and life of citizens). So Govt is very conscious and give tight security mechanism for their services.

2. Website defacement:
It means spoil or hacking websites and posting bad comments about the Govt.

3. Attacks against e-governance websites:
Its main target is a Web server. Due to this attack the Web server/ computer forced to restart and this results refusal of service to the genuine users.

If we want to access a website first you have to type the web site address in the URL and press Enter key, the browser requests that page from the web server. Dos attacks send huge number of requests to the web server until it collapses due to the load and stops functioning.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 3.
Discuss various generations of mobile communication.
Answer:
The various generations in mobile communication are:

a. First Generation networks(1 G):
It was developed around 1980, based on analog system and only voice transmission was allowed.

b. Second Generation networks (2G):
This is the next generation network that was allowed voice and data transmission. Picture message and MMS(Multimedia Messaging Service) were introduced. GSM and CDMA standards were introduced by 2G.

1. Global System for Mobile(GSM):
It is the most successful standard. It uses narrow band TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access), allows simultaneous calls on the same frequency range of 900 MHz to 1800 MHz. The network is identified using the SIM(Subscriber Identity Module).

(i) GPRS (General Packet Radio Services):
It is a packet oriented mobile data service on the 2G on GSM. GPRS was originally standardized by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) GPRS usage is typically charged based on volume of data transferred. Usage above the bundle cap is either charged per megabyte or disallowed.

(ii) EDGE(Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution):
It is three times faster than GPRS. It is used for voice communication as well as an internet connection.

2. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA):
It is a channel access method used by various radio communication technologies. CDMA is an example of multiple access, which is where several transmitters can send information simultaneously over a single communication channel. This allows several users to share a band of frequencies To permit this to be achieved without undue interference between the users, and provide better security.

c. Third Generation networks (3G):
It allows high data transfer rate for mobile devices and offers high speed wireless broadband services combining voice and data. To enjoy this service 3G enabled mobile towers and hand sets required.

d. Fourth Generation networks (4G):
It is also called Long Term Evolution(LTE) and also offers ultra broadband Internet facility such as high quality streaming video. It also offers good quality image and videos than TV.

e. Fifth Generation networks (5G):
This is the next generation network and expected to come in practice in 2020. It is more faster and cost effective than other four generations. More connections can be provided and more energy efficient.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Trends and Issues in ICT

Question 4.
“Due to anonymous nature of Internet it is possible for the people to engage in variety of criminal activities”. Justify the statement with special reference to cyber crimes taking place against Individual.
Answer:
Cyber crimes against individuals:
1. Identity theft:
The various information such as personal details(name, Date of Birth, Address, Phone number, etc), Credit / Debit Card details(Card number, PIN, Expiry Date, CW, etc), Bank details, etc. are the identity of a person. Stealing these information by acting as the authorized person without the permission of a person is called Identity theft. The misuse of this information is a punishable offence.

2. Harassment:
Commenting badly about a particular person’s gender, colour, race, religion, nationality, in Social Media is considered as harassment. This is done with the help of Internet is called Cyber stalking (Nuisance). This is a kind of torturing and it may lead to spoil friendship, career, self image and confidence. Sometimes may lead to a big tragedy of a whole family or a group of persons.

3. Impersonation and cheating:
Fake accounts are created in Social Medias and act as the original one for the purpose of cheating or misleading others. Eg: Fake accounts in Social Medias(Facebook,Twitter,etc), fake sms, fake emails etc.

4. Violation of privacy:
Trespassing into another person’s life and try to spoil the life. It is a punishable offence. Hidden camera is used to capture the video or picture and black mailing them.

5. Dissemination of obscene material:
With the help of hidden camera capture unwanted video or picture. Distribute or publish this obscene clips on Internet without the consent of the victims may mislead the people specifically the younger ones.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Students can Download Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning Questions and Answers, Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Plus Two Computer Application Enterprise Resource Planning One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
______is a group of people and other resources working together for a common goal.
Answer:
An enterprise

Question 2.
ERP stands for_______.
Answer:
Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 3.
The 4 M’s related to resources are
Answer:
Man, Material, Money, and Machine.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 4.
_____consists of single database and a collection of programs to handle the database hence handle the enterprise efficiently and hence enhance the productivity.
Answer:
ERP

Question 5.
state True or False
An ERP package consists of only one module
Answer:
False. It consists of many modules.

Question 6.
_____module is the core of ERP package
Answer:
Financial

Question 7.
ERP stands for_____.
(a) Entertain Resource Package
(b) Enterprise Retain Plan
(c) Enterprise Resource Planning
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 8.
_____module of ERP contains rules to manage production process.
Answer:
Manufacturing Module

Question 9.
_____module of ERP contains rules to plan the production process.
Answer:
Production Planning Module

Question 10.
_____module of ERP focus on human resource and human capital.
Answer:
HR module

Question 11.
______module of ERP is used to get the raw materials in the right time and right price.
Answer:
Purchasing Module

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 12.
______module of ERP is used for monitoring and tracking customer oriented activities.
Answer:
Marketing Module

Question 13.
______module of ERP deals with important parts of sales cycle.
Answer:
Sales and distribution module

Question 14.
______module of ERP is used for managing the quality.
Answer:
Quality management module

Question 15.
BPR stands for ______.
Answer:
Business Process Re-engineering (BPR)

Question 16.
In general_____is the series of activities such as rethinking and redesign of the business process to enhance the enterprise’s performance such as reducing the cost (expenses), improve the quality, prompt and speed (time bound) service.
Answer:
BPR (Business Process Re-engineering)

Question 17.
Odd one out
(a) Inputs
(b) Processing
(c) Outcome
(d) SAP
Answer:
(d) SAP is a ERP package the others are 3 elements of business process.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 18.
Odd one out
(a) Oracle
(b) SAP
(c) Odoo
(d) C++
Answer:
(d) C++ is a general purpose programming language. The others are ERP packages.

Question 19.
Odd one out
(а) html
(b) C++
(c) JavaScript
(d) Tally ERP
Answer:
(d) Tally ERP is a ERP package.

Question 20.
From the following select the open source ERP.
(a) Microsoft Dynamics
(b) Tally ERP
(c) Odoo
(d) SAP
Answer:
(c) Odoo

Question 21.
Odd one out. Give the reason.
(a) Microsoft Dynamics
(b) Tally ERP
(c) Odoo
(d) SAP
Answer:
(c) Odoo is an open source ERP. The others are not.

Question 22.
PLM stands for_____.
Answer:
Product Life cycle Management

Question 23.
CRM stands for______.
Answer:
Customer Relationship Management

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 24.
MIS stands for______.
Answer:
Management Information System

Question 25.
SCM stands for______.
Answer:
Supply Chain Management

Question 26.
DSS stands for_____.
(a) Decision Signal System
(b) Decision Support System
(c) Decision Support Scheme
(d) Design Support System
Answer:
(b) Decision Support System

Question 27.
Pick the odd one out and justify.
(a) SAP
(b) Oracle
(c) C++
(d) Tally
Answer:
(c) C++. This is a programming Language. The others are ERP packages

Question 28.
SAP stands for______.
Answer:
Systems, Applications, and Products for data processing

Question 29.
Pick the odd one out from the following list and justify the selection.
CRM, MIS, SCM, SAP
Answer:
SAP others are ERP related technologies. SAP is an ERP package.

Question 30.
Consider the following two statements.
Statement 1: “The number of functional modules in an ERP vary with nature of enterprise” Statement 2: “There is no connection between BPR and ERP”
Then choose the correct one from the following.
(i) Both statements are true
(ii) Both statements are false
(iii) Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false
(iv) Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
Answer:
(iii) Statement 1 is true and Statement 2 is false.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 31.
Choose the correct answer from the following: Implementation of ERP in an enterprise ______.
(a) minimize planning risks.
(b) integrates different functional units of an enter-prise.
(c) uses centralized data base.
(d) All the above.
Answer:
(d) All the above.

Question 32.
State True or False

  1. Every ERP package can manage all the functional units of an enterprise.
  2. In ERP, a centralized database is used for integrating functional units.

Answer:

  1. False
  2. True

Question 33.
ERP stands for_____.
(a) Enterprise Resource Project
(b) Enterprise Resource Processing
(c) Enterprise Resource Planning
(d) Enterprise Requirement Planning
Answer:
(c) Enterprise Resource Planning

Plus Two Computer Application Enterprise Resource Planning Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define an Enterprise.
Answer:
An Enterprise is a group of people and other resources working together for a common goal. It is also an example for System.

Question 2.
Define Enterprise Resource Planning ERP.
Answer:
An enterprise(organization) is considered as a system (A system is an orderly grouping of interdependent components linked together to achieve an objective, according to a plan. Human body is an example for System).

All the departments of an enterprise are connected to a centralized data base. ERP consists of single database and a collection of programs to handle the database hence handle the enterprise efficiently and hence enhance the productivity.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 3.
Give the significance of HR module in an ERP package.
Answer:
This model ensures the effective use of Human resources and Human capital and enhance the productivity of the Enterprise hence increase the profit.

Question 4.
Give the relation between business process reengineering (BPR) and enterprise resource planning.
Answer:
ERP and BPR will not make much change if they are in stand alone. To improve the efficiency of an enterprise integrate both ERP and BPR because they are the two sides of a coin.

For the better results conducting BPR before implementing ERP, this will help an enterprise to avoid unnecessary modules from the software.

Question 5.
“The key concept of ERP is a centralised database management system”. Justify.
Answer:
ERP is an integrated business management system which uses a single database to store and communicate information of various departments of an enterprise.

Question 6.
Match the following.

(i) Financial module(a) Supply chain
(ii) Oracle(b) Functional unit of ERP
(iii) BPR(c) ERP package
(iv) SCM(d) Reengineering

Answer:
(i) – (b), (ii) – (c), (iii) – (d), (iv) – (a)

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 7.
Briefly explain the importance of Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) in the implementation of ERP in an enterprise.
Answer:
Business Process Reengineering: In general BPR is the series of activities such as rethinking and redesign of the business process to enhance the enterprise’s performance such as reducing the cost(expences), improve the quality, prompt and speed(time bound) service.

Plus Two Computer Application Enterprise Resource Planning Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write short notes about BPR.
Answer:
In this world, tight competition is based on price, quality, wide variety of selection and quick service. To increase the business and hence increase the profit of a Business firm various activities are involved.

IT and Re-engineering plays major roles to increase the productivity. In general BPR is the series of activities such as rethinking and redesign of the business process to enhance the enterprise’s performance such as reducing the cost(expenses), improve the quality, prompt and speed(time bound) service. BPR enhances the productivity and profit of an enterprise.

Question 2.
Give an example for an enterprise from your real life and identify different departments/functional units in it.
Answer:
Indian Oil Corporation is an example for an enterprise. The activities involved are planning, purchasing raw material, production, storing finished goods (warehouse), sales, finance, etc. These activities are performed by different departments and their duties are interlinked.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 3.
The first five phases of ERP implementation are listed below. Rearrange them in correct order.
Package selection, BPR, Gap analysis, pre evaluation screening, project planning.
Answer:
The correct order is as follows

  1. Pre evaluation screening
  2. Package selection
  3. Project planning
  4. Gap analysis
  5. Business Process Reengineering

Question 4.
Write a short note about the following terms:

  1. DSS
  2. MIS

Answer:
1. Decision Support System (DSS):
It is a computer based system that takes inputs as business data and after processing it produces good decisions as output that will make the business easier. Management Information.

System (MIS):
Management is the decision and policy makers. A good management can take good decision and that will help to do the business well. The good relationship between Management and employees is a key to success.

MIS will collect relevant data from inside and outside of a company. Based upon this information produce reports and take appropriate decisions.

Plus Two Computer Application Enterprise Resource Planning Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain functional units of ERP in detail.
Answer:
Different modules are given below:

1. Financial Module:
It is the core. This is used to generate financial report such as balance sheet, general ledger, trial balance, financial statement, etc.

2. Manufacturing Module:
It provides information for the production and capable to change the methods in manufacturing sector.

3. Production planning Module:
This module ensures the effective use of resources and helps the enterprise to enhance the productive hence increase the profit.

4. HR (Human Resource) Module:
This model ensures the effective use of Human resources and Human capital.

5. Inventory control Module:
This model is useful to maintain the appropriate level of stock(includes raw material, work in progress and finished goods)

6. Purchasing Module:
This module is useful to make available the required raw materials in good condition and in the right time and price.

7. Marketing Module:
It is used for handle the orders of customers.

8. Sales and distribution Module:
Existence of a company is based on the income from sales. This module will help to handle the sales enquiries, order placement, and scheduling, dispatching and invoicing.

9. Quality (Ql & QC) management module:
Quality of a product or service is very much important to a company. This module helps to maintain the quality of the product. Quality planning, inspection, and control are the main activities involved in this module.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 2.
Explain the different phases of ERP implementation.
Answer:
The different phases of ERP implementation are given below

1. Pre evaluation screening:
Many ERP packages are available in the markets. At most care should be taken before implementing a ERP. Select a few from from the available ERP packages.

2. Package selection:
Selection of right ERP to our enterprise is a laborious task and it needs huge investment. Various factors should be keep in mind before you purchase an ERP that should meet our complete needs.

3. Project planning:
A good planning is essential to implement an ERP. From the beginning to the end activities are depicted in this phase.

4. Gap analysis:
A cent percent(100%) problem solving ERP is not available in the market. Most of them solve a maximum of 70% to 80% problems. The rest (30% to 20%) of the problems and their solutions are mentioned here.

5. Business Process Reengineering:
In general BPR is the series of activities such as rethinking and redesign of the business process to enhance the enterprise’s performance such as reducing the cost(expences), improve the quality, prompt and speed(time bound) service. BPR enhances the productivity and profit of an enterprise.

6. Installation and configuration:
In this phase the new system are installing, before implementing the whole system a miniature of the actual system is going to be implemented as a test dose. Then check the reactions if it is good it is the time to install the whole system completely.

7. Implementation team training:
In this phase the company trains its employees to implement and run the system.

8. Testing:
This phase is very important. It determines whether the system produces proper result. Errors in design and logic are identified.

9. Going live:
Here a change over is taken place to new system from old system. It is not an easy process without the support and service from the ERP vendors.

10. End user training:
This phase will start familiarising the users with the procedures to be used in the new system. It is very important.

11. Post implementation:
Once the system is implemented maintenance and review begin. In this phase repairing or correcting previously ill defined problems and upgrade or adjust the performance according to the company needs.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 3.
Write short notes regarding ERP package Companies.
Answer:
Popular ERP packages are given below
1. Oracle:
American based company famous in database(Oracle 9i-SQL) packages situated in Redwood shores, California. Their ERP packages is a solution for finance and accounting problems. Their other products are

  • Customer Relationship Management(CRM)
  • Supply Chain Management (SCM)Software SAP

2. SAP:
stands for Systems, Applications, and Products for data processing. It is a German MNC in Walldorf and founded in 1972. Earlier they developed ERP packages for large MNC. But nowadays they developed for small scale industries also.
The other software products they developed are

  • Customer Relationship Management(CRM)
  • Supply Chain Management(SCM)
  • Product Life cycle Management(PLM)

3. Odoo:
Formerly known as OpenERP.
It is an open source code ERP. Unlike other companies their source code is available and can be modified as and when need arises.

4. Microsoft Dynamics:

  • American MNC in Redmond, Washington
  • ERP for midsized companies.
  • This ERP is more user friendly
  • Other s/w is Customer Relationship Management(CRM)

5. Tally ERP:

  • Indian company situated in Bangalore.
  • This ERP provides total solution for accounting, inventory, and Payroll.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 4.
Explain the merits and demerits of ERP packages.
Answer:
ERP packages have a lot of advantages as well as many drawbacks also.
Benefits of ERP system:

1. Improved resource utilization:
Resources such as Men, Money, Material, and Machine are utilized maximum hence increase the productivity and profit.

2. Better customer satisfaction:
Without spending more money and time all the customer’s needs are considered well. Because customer is the king of the market. Nowadays a customer can track the status of an order by using the docket number through Internet.

3. Provides accurate information:
Right information at the right time will help the company to plan and manage the future cunningly. Acompany can increase or reduce the production based upon the right information hence increase the productivity and profit.

4. Decision making capability:
Right information at the right time will help the company to take good decision.

5. Increased flexibility:
A good ERP will help the company to adopt good things as well as avoid bad things rapidly. It denotes the flexibility.

6. Information integrity: A good ERP integrates various departments into a single unit. Hence reduce the redundancy, inconsistency, etc.

Risks of ERP implementation:

1. High cost:
Very huge investment is required to purchase and configure an ERP. Moreover, it requires up gradation or. replacement of hardware(Man, computer or machine) is an additional investment. So small scale enterprise cannot afford this.

2. Time consuming:
The full fledge implementation of ERP package needs one or two years. That is highly time consuming.

3. Requirement of additional trained staff:
The existing staffs may not capable to work with ERP. To overcome this give proper training to them otherwise appoint trained and experienced employees to Cop up.

4. Operational and maintenance issues:
The first major problem is that the resistance from the existing employees. To overcome this give awareness to the existing employees. The second problem is that ERP package is a cyclic process oriented package. It is a continuous process and should be maintained well otherwise the correct output will not available.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 5.
Explain in detail the ERP packages and related technologies.
Answer:
It is an all in one system. It integrates various functions such as raw material purchase, production planning, marketing, financial, etc., into a single application.

1. Product Life Cycle Management (PLM):
It manages the entire life cycle of a product. PLM consists of programs to increase the quality and reduce the price by the efficient use of resources.

2. Customer Relationship Management (CRM):
As we know that customer is the king of the market. The existence of a company mainly the customers. CRM consists of programs to enhance the customer’s relationship with the company.

3. Management Information System (MIS):
Management is the decision and policy makers. A good management can take good decision and that will help to do the business well. The good relationship between Management and employees is a key to success. MIS will collect relevant data from inside and outside of a company. Based upon this information produce reports and take appropriate decisions.

4. Supply Chain Management (SCM):
This is deals with moving raw materials from suppliers to the company as well as finished goods from company to customers. The activities includes are inventory(raw materials, work in progress and finished goods) management, warehouse management, transportation management, etc.

5. Decision Support System (DSS):
It is a computer based system that takes inputs as business data and after processing it produces good decisions as output that will make the business easier.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 6.
“The number and functioning of modules vary with the nature of enterprise and the type of ERP package.” List any six common modules of an enterprise.
Answer:
Different modules are given below

1. Financial Module:
It is the core. This is used to generate financial report such as balance sheet, general ledger, trial balance, financial statement, etc.

2. Manufacturing Module:
It provides information for the production and capable to change the methods in manufacturing sector.

3. Production planning Module:
This module ensures the effective use of resources and helps the enterprise to enhance the productive hence increase the profit.

4. HR (Human Resource) Module:
This model ensures the effective use of Human resources and Human capital.

5. Inventory control Module:
This model is useful to maintain the appropriate level of stock(includes raw material, work in progress and finished goods)

6. Purchasing Module:
This module is useful to make available the required raw materials in good condition and in the right time and price.

7. Marketing Module:
It is used for handle the orders of customers.

8. Sales and distribution Module:
Existence of a company is based on the income from sales. This module will help to handle the sales enquiries, order placement, and scheduling, dispatching and invoicing.

9. Quality (Ql & QC) management module:
Quality of a product or service is very much important to a company. This module helps to maintain the quality of the product. Quality planning, inspection, and control are the main activities involved in this module.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 7.
Mr. Suresh uses separate software for managing different functional units of an enterprise and Mr. Saleem uses an integrated software package formanaging overall functioning of the enterprise. Compare the benefits and risks of above two methods of an enterprise management.
Answer:
Benefits of ERP system:

1. Improved resource utilization:
Resources such as Men, Money, Material, and Machine are utilized maximum hence increase the productivity and profit.

2. Better customer satisfaction:
Without spending more money and time all the customer’s needs are considered well. Because customer is the king of the market. Nowadays a customer can track the status of an order by using the docket number through Internet.

3. Provides accurate information:
Right information at the right time will help the company to plan and manage the future cunningly. A company can increase or reduce the production based upon the right information hence increase the productivity and profit.

4. Decision making/apability:
Right information at the right time will help the company to take good decision.

5. Increased flexibility:
A good ERP will help the company to adopt good things as well as avoid bad things rapidly. It denotes the flexibility.

6. Information integrity:
A good ERP integrates various departments into a single unit. Hence reduce the redundancy, inconsistency, etc.

Risks of ERP implementation:

1. High cost:
Very huge investment is required to purchase and configure an ERP. Moreover, it requires up gradation or replacement of hardware(Man, computer or machine) is an additional investment. So small scale enterprise cannot afford this.

2. Time consuming:
The full fledge implementation of ERP package needs one or two years. That is highly time consuming.

3. Requirement of additional trained staff:
The existing staffs may not capable to work with ERP. To overcome this give proper training to them otherwise appoint trained and experienced employees to cop up.

4. Operational and maintenance issues:
The first major problem is that the resistance from the existing employees. To overcome this give awareness to the existing employees. The second problem is that ERP package is a cyclic process oriented package. It is a continuous process and should be maintained well otherwise the correct output will not available.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 8.
“Implementation of an ERP system in an enterprise is not a single step action”. Justify this statement by listing all the phases of ERP implementation in correct order.
Answer:
The different phases of ERP implementation are given below:

1. Pre evaluation screening:
Many ERP packages are available in the marketfs. At most care should be taken before implementing a ERP. Select a few from from the available ERP packages.

2. Package selection:
Selection of right ERP to our enterprise is a laborious task and it needs huge investment. Various factors should be keep in mind before you purchase an ERP that should meet our complete needs.

3. Project planning:
A good planning is essential to implement an ERP. From the beginning to the end activities are depicted in this phase.

4. Gap analysis:
A cent percents 00%) problem solving ERP is not available in the market. Most of them solve a maximum of 70% to 80% problems. The rest (30% to 20%) of the problems and their solutions are mentioned here.

5. Business Process Reengineering:
In general BPR is the series of activities such as rethinking and redesign of the business process to enhance the enterprise’s performance such as reducing the cost(expences), improve the quality, prompt and speed(time bound) service.

BPR enhances the productivity and profit of an enterprise:

1. Installation and configuration:
In this phase the new system are installing, before implementing the whole system a miniature of the actual system is going to be implemented as a test dose. Then check the reactions if it is good it is the time to install the whole system completely.

2. Implementation team training:
In this phase the company trains its employees to implement and run the system.

3. Testing:
This phase is very important. It determines whether the system produces proper result. Errors in design and logic are identified.

4. Going live:
Here a change over is taken place to new system from old system. It is not an easy process without the support and service from the ERP vendors.

5. End user training:
This phase will start familiarising the users with the procedures to be used in the new system. It is very important.

6. Post implementation:
Once the system is implemented maintenance and review begin. In this phase repairing or correcting previously ill defined problems and upgrade or adjust the performance according to the company needs.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning

Question 9.
“Selection of ERP package is one of the important phases of ERP implementation”.
Write a short note about any of the ERP packages.
Answer:
Popular ERP packages are given below:

1. Oracle:
American based company famous in database (Oracle 9i-SQL) packages situated in Redwood shores, California. Their ERP packages is a solution for finance and accounting problems. Their other products are

  • Customer Relationship Management(CRM)
  • Supply Chain Management (SCM)Software

2. SAP:
SAP stands for Systems, Applications, and Products for data processing. It is a German MNC in Walldorf and founded in 1972. Earlier they developed ERP packages for large MNC. But nowadays they developed for small scale industries also.
The other software products they developed are

  • Customer Relationship Management(CRM)
  • Supply Chain Management(SCM)
  • Product Life cycle Management(PLM)

3. Odoo:
Formerly known as OpenERP.
It is an open source code ERP. Unlike other companies their source code is available and can be modified as and when need arises.

4. Microsoft Dynamics:

  • American MNC in Redmond, Washington
  • ERP for midsized companies.
  • This ERP is more user friendly
  • Other s/w is Customer Relationship Management(CRM)

5. Tally ERP:

  • Indian company situated in’Bangalore.
  • This ERP provides total solution for accounting, inventory, and Payroll.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Students can Download Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants Questions and Answers, Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations

Kerala Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Plus One Botany Photosynthesis in Higher Plants One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Which metal ion is a constituent of chlorophyll?
(a) Iron
(b) Copper
(c) Magnesium
(d) Zinc
Answer:
(c) Magnesium

Question 2.
Which pigment acts directly to convert light energy to chemical energy?
(a) Chlorophyll a
(b) Chlorophyll b
(c) Xanthophyll
(d) Carotenoid
Answer:
(a) Chlorophyll a

Question 3.
Which range of wavelength (in nm) is called photosynthetically active radiation (PAR)?
(a) 100 – 390
(b) 390 – 430
(c) 400 – 700
(d) 760 – 100,00
Answer:
(c) 400-700

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 4.
Which light range is most effective in photosynthesis?
(a) Blue
(b) Green
(c) Red
(d) Violet
Answer:
(c) Red

Question 5.
Chemosynthetic bacteria obtain energy from
(a) Sun
(b) Infra red rays
(c) Organic substances
(d) Inorganic chemicals
Answer:
(d) Inorganic chemicals

Question 6.
What is the name given to the process of splitting of water during light reaction?
Answer:
Photolysis

Question 7.
What tissues and cells of a leaf contain the chloroplast
Answer:
Mesophyll

Question 8.
What colour of visible spectrum is least effective in the process of photosynthesis?
Answer:
Green

Question 9.
How many molecules of ATP and how many molecules of NADPH are spent to fix three molecules of CO2 in Calvin cycle?
Answer:
ATP and 6 NADPH

Question 10.
Name the two photosynthetic pigments belonging to carotenoides.
Answer:
Carotene and xanthophylls

Question 11
The most abundant enzyme in the world plays a dual role in rice, tomato etc. Identify the enzyme.
Answer:
RUBISCO

Question 12
Which products formed during the light reaction of photosynthesis are used to drive the dark reaction?
Answer:
ATP and NADPH2

Question 13
By looking at which internal structure of a plant can you fill whether a plant is C3 or C4. Explain.
Answer:
C4 – Plants shows kranz anatomy -chloroplast dimorphism

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 14
Why does the rate of photosynthesis decrease at higher temperatures?
Answer:
Enzymes present in stroma undergoes denaturation in the presence of high temperatures.

Question 15
Name the only natural process by which oxygen is liberated for the use of respiration.
Answer:
By photolysis of water during photosynthesis

Plus One Botany Photosynthesis in Higher Plants Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
If we study vertical sections of leaves of C3 plant and C4 plant, there are some anatomical differences.

  1. What are the anatomical peculiarities of a C4 plant?
  2. Explain C4 pathway by listing the main steps.

Answer:
1. C4 plants show kranz anatomy – Chloroplast dimorphism

2.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img1

Question 2.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img2
The above graph indicates absorption spectrum related to chlorophyll pigments. On the basis of. this graph answer the following.

  1. The peak a & b represents for what?
  2. Which pigments shows a & b peak of absorption?

Answer:

  1. Absorption maxima
  2. Chlorophyll

Question 3.
C4 cycle is called so because of the presence of a C4 acid in this cycle.

  1. Name that C4 acid.
  2. How does it form?

Answer:

  1. Oxalic acetic acid.
  2. It is formed by combining CO2 with PEP in the presence of PEP case enzyme.

Question 4
The response of plant towards periods of day/night is termed as photo peroidism’.

  1. Mention three plant groups based on photoperiodism.
  2. Would a defoliated plant respond to the photoperiodic cycle? Why?

Answer:

  1. Long day plants, short-day plants, day-neutral plants.
  2. No. Photo periodic receptors are located in leaves.

Question 5
Melvin Calvin was awarded the nobel prize in 1961 for the discovery of one of the most important biological process in nature.

  1. Name the process.
  2. Name site for photosynthesis.

Answer:

  1. C3 cycle
  2. Chloroplast

Question 6
Analysis the given and write down the photosynthetic response of the C3 and C4 plant in terms of CO2 concentration.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img3
Answer:
High light intensity induces the opening of stoma. When stoma opens CO2 uptake increases. At high CO2 concentration, the rate of photosynthesis becomes high under high light in both C3 and C4 plants.

Question 7.
C4 plants have a special type of anatomy in leaves to avoid photorespiration.

  1. What is the special anatomy called?
  2. Name any two plants having this anatomy.

Answer:

  1. Kranz
  2. Wheat, Sugarcane

Question 8.
Fill up the blanks:

  1. Oxygen liberated during photosynthesis comes from …………
  2. Inhibition of lateral buds growth by terminal bud is known as …………

Answer:

  1. Water
  2. Apical dominance

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 9.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img4
Based on the above diagram answer the following questions.
i) Write the steps of
a) Carboxylation
b) Reduction
c) regeneration
ii) Name the major enzyme involved in C3 pathway.
Answer:
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img5

Question 10.
Give the diagram of a chloroplast and label the following parts.

  • thylakoids
  • grana
  • stroma
  • fret

Answer:
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img6

Question 11.
Certain distinguishing characters of C3 and C4 plants are given below. Arrange them in the correct table provided.

  1. The primary CO2 acceptor is a PEP, RuBP;
  2. The first stable product is PGA, OAA;
  3. Kranz anatomy is seen not seen;
  4. Carboxylase enzyme in RuBisCo, PEP carboxylase, and RubisCo.

Answer:
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img7

Question 12.
Given below is the schematic diagram of calvin cycle, which completes in three stages.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img8

  1. Where does this cycle takes place?
  2. State the three stages of calvin cycle?
  3. Calculate the energy budget for each stage to synthesise one molecule of glucose during the process.

Answer:

  1. Stroma
    • Carboxylation
    • Carbon reduction
    • Regeneration
    • 18 ATP
    • 12NADPH2

Question 13.
ADP is converted into ATP as a result of phosphorylation which takes place in photosynthesis and respiration during electron transport system. What is the difference between these two.
Answer:
Photophosphorylation in the case of photosynthesis and oxidative phosphorylation in respiration.

Question 14.
Rubisco is an enzyme that catalyse two different processes in plants.

  1. What are those reactions?
  2. Name the full form of Rubisco.
  3. What are the site of reaction that takesplace in high oxygen concentration?

Answer:

  1. Carboxylation in C3 cycle. Oxygenation in photorespiration
  2. Ribulose biphosphate carboxylase.
  3. Chloroplast, peroxisomes & mitochondria

Question 15.
Some plants are called C3 and some others are called C4.

  1. Why they are called so?
  2. Explain with examples.

Answer:

  1. C3 plants – First stable product is a 3 carbon compound – PGA
  2. C4 plants – First stable product is a 4 carbon compound – OAA

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 16.
Do reactions of photosynthesis called, as ‘Dark Reaction’ need light? Explain.
Answer:
photosynthesis is a two-step process which involves light and dark reaction. CO2 fixation takes place in dark reaction.

Question 17.
Where is NADP reductase enzyme located in the chloroplast? What is the role of this enzyme in proton gradient development?
Answer:

  • The NADP reductase enzyme is located on the stroma side of the membrane.
  • Oxidation of NADPH2 is involved in the accumulation of more proton concentration inside the thylakoid than outside.

Question 18.
What conditions enable RUBISCO to function as an oxygenase? Explain.
Answer:
Under high O2 concentration and low CO2 concentration, RUBISCO to function as an oxygenase and doing photorespiration.

Question 19.
Chlorophyll ‘a’ is the primary pigment for light reaction. What are accessory pigments? What is their role in photosynthesis?
Answer:
Clorophyll b,c ,d and carotenoides. These pigments harvest light energy and hand over to chlorophylla.

Question 20.
2H2O → 2H+ + O2 + 4e –
Based on above equation, answer the following questions:

  1. Where does this reaction take place in plants?
  2. What is the significance of this reaction?

Answer:

  1. Lumen of the thylakoids.
  2. O2 is evolved during this reaction, moreover, electrons are made available to PS-II continuously.

Question 21.
What is the basis for designating C3 and C4 pathways of photosynthesis?
Answer:
The first stable product formed in some plants are 3 carbon compound but in others 4 carbon compound, therefore such plants designated as C3 and C4 respectively.

Question 22.
Chlorophyll b and carotenoids are known as accessory pigments. Give reason?
Answer:
Chlorophyll b and carotenoids harvest light energy and hand over to chlorophyll a (reaction centre)

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 23.
C4 plants show high rate of photosynthesis than C3 plants. Are you agree with the statement? Give reason?
Answer:
Yes. In C4 plants photorespiration does not occur. It is a wastage process that occur in C3 plants only, because RUBISCO present in C3 plants can act as carboxylase and oxygenase.

Question 24.
How many ATP molecules are required for the synthesis of one molecule of glucose in

  1. C3 pathway
  2. C4 pathway

Answer:

  1. C3 pathway – 18 ATPs
  2. C4 pathway – 30 ATPs

Question 25.
Cyanobacteria and some other photosynthetic bacteria don’t have chloroplasts. How do they conduct photosynthesis?
Answer:
Cyanobacteria and other photosynthetic bacteria have thylakoids suspended freely in the cytoplasm (i.e., they are not enclosed in membrane), and they have bacteriochlorophyll.

Question 26.
What would happen to the rate of photosynthesis in C3 plants if CO2 concentration level almost doubles from the present level in the atmosphere?
Answer:
The rate of photosynthesis in C3 plants increases with increase in CO2 concentration

Question 27.
Does photorespiration pose threat to plants yet it occurs in angiosperms why?
Answer:
Any angiospermic plants bear only one type of chloroplast and CO2 acceptor is RUBP in these cases. Thus there is no other possibility except to undergo C3 pathway which may ultimately lead to photorespiration.

Question 28.
Secondary CO2 fixation is inevitable for C4 plants. Do you agree? Give justification of your answer.
Answer:
Yes. This type of CO2 fixation takes place in bundle sheath chloroplast and carbohydrate is formed.

Question 29.
Carboxylation of C3 plants are interrupted in changed environmental conditions. Why?
Answer:
Normally carboxylation takes place in C3 plants but in high O2 and low CO2 concentration, the energy wasteful process (photorespiration ) occur.

Question 30.
RuBisco is an enzyme that acts both as a carboxylase and oxygenase. Why do you think RuBisco carries out more carboxylationin in C4 plants.
Answer:
1. The C4 plants have dimorophic chloroplasts. In mesophyll cells chloroplast are granal but in bundle sheath cells the chloroplasts are agranal.

2. So in the these plants when CO2 is fixed in bundle sheath cells, the intracellular CO2 concentration is increased that is why RuBisco enzyme carries out more carboxylation in C4 plants.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 31.
Succulents are known to keep their stomata closed during the day to check transpiration. How do they meet their photosynthetic CO2 requirements?
Answer:
1. Succulent (water-storing) plants such as cacti, euphorbias fix CO2 into organic compound using. PEP carboxylase at night, when the stomata are open.

2. PEP + CO2 → OAA → Malic acid
The organic compound (malic acid) accumulates throughout the night and is decarboxylated during the day to produce CO2.

Question 32
In C4 plants RUBISCO is present but photorespiration does not occur. Why?
Answer:
Because intracellular CO2 concentration is high. Hence RUBISCO do not show oxygenase activity.

Question 33
The statements are given below. Identify true and false

  1. Carbohydrate (glucose) is formed in mesophyll chloroplast of C4 pathway
  2. Calvin cycle involves 3 steps
  3. The absorption peak of PS I is 680nm
  4. Calvin cycle takes place in Temperate plants

Answer:

  1. False
  2. True
  3. False
  4. True

Plus One Botany Photosynthesis in Higher Plants Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
A plant physiologist while studying the light reaction step of photosynthesis using Chlorella, could detect the following facts.

  1. Name the reaction
  2. What is meant by photolysis?
  3. Draw the electron transport schematically.

Answer:

  1. Noncyclic photophosphorylation
  2. Splitting of water

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img9

Question 2.
The enzyme catalysing C4 and C3 pathway is different but they are coming under dark reaction.

  1. Name the enzyme shows CO2 fixation in such plants
  2. Where is the second CO2 fixation occurs in C4 plants
  3. Which is the primary CO2 acceptor and stable product of C3 pathway

Answer:

  1. C4 pathway – PEPCO, C3 pathway-RUBISCO
  2. Bundle sheath chloroplast
  3. CO2acceptor-RUBP, Stable product— 3- phosphoglycerate

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 3.
CO2 fixation is associated with wasteful process and efficiency is decreased

  1. Name the wasteful process.
  2. Identify the enzyme catalysing the above process
  3. Which is the chief organelle responsible for this?

Answer:

  1. Photorespiration
  2. Oxygenase activity of RUBISCO
  3. peroxisome

Question 4.
Answer the following questions based on carbon fixation by plants.

  1. which is the key enzyme involved in carbon fixation of photosynthesis in C3 plants?.
  2. Rubisco has a dual role. Comment.
  3. Give the name of two cell organells other than chloroplast involved in the process that catalysed by Rubisco.

Answer:

  1. Ribulose biphosphate carboxylase
  2. Carboxylation & oxygenation
  3. Peroxisome & mitochondria

Question 5.
Type of CO2 fixation in tropical plants is different from temperate plants

  1. Identify the plants in which efficient CO2 fixation occurs.
  2. Tropical plants do not show the wasteful process why?
  3. Give two example for such plants

Answer:

  1. C4 plants (Tropical plants)
  2. Because intracellular CO2 concentration is very high
  3. Sugarcane and Maize.

Question 6.
Cyclic and noncyclic photophosphorylation is associated with light reaction of photosynthesis.

  1. Where does photolysis occurs?
  2. Give two difference between cyclic and noncyclic

Answer:

  1. Inside thylakoid
    • Cyclic – It involves PSI (P700)
    • Only ATP is formed
    • Noncyclic – It involves PSI and PSII (P680)
    • ATP and NADPH2 are produced

Question 7.
Do you think that synthesis of glucose occur during light reaction?

  1. If not what is the function of light reaction?
  2. name the CO2 acceptor in C3 cycle and C4 cycle

Answer:

  1. In light reaction, energy-rich molecules like ATP and NADPH2 are produced. These are used in Dark reaction for Glucose synthesis,
    • RUBP – CO2 acceptor in C3 cycle
    • PEP – CO2 acceptor in C4 cycle

Question 8.
Sugar cane has a special leaf anatomy which make the plant photosynthetically more efficient.

  1. Name the leaf anatomy
  2. Write a note on carbon dioxide fixation in sugarcane.

Answer:
1. Kranz anatomy

2. In sugarcane CO2 fixation tapseplace in mesophyll chloroplast. Initially CO2 is accepted by PEP and by using Pepco it is converted into OAA. It is then transported to bundle sheath chloroplast.

After the transport, decarboxylation occurs and forms pyruvic acid which is transported to mesophyll chloroplast and converted into PEP. The CO2 released during decarboxylation enters into calvin cycle for the synthesis of Glucose.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 9.
C4 plants have a special leaf anatomy in which C3 cycle also take place.

  1. Name the primary acceptor of CO2 and first stable product in C4 cycle.
  2. Why is photorespiration absent in C4 plants?
  3. Name the special type of leaf anatomy and explain.

Answer:
1. CO2 acceptor in C4 is PEP and the stable product is OAA.

2. Because in C4 plants, the primary CO2 acceptor is PEP but in C3 plants the primary CO2 acceptor is RUBP. The enzyme RUBISCO present C3 plants have dual function ie, carboxylase and oxygenase activity. Oxygenase activity promotes photorespiration.

3. Kranz anatomy in C4 plants. In this bundle sheath chloroplast are arranged in the form of a ring or wreath.

Question 10.
Explain how during light reaction of photosynthesis, ATP synthesis is a chemiosmotic phenomenon.
Answer:
The conditions helpful in chemiosmotic ATP synthesis are:

1. The splitting of the water molecule takes place on the inner side of the membrane, it causes the accumulation of protons or hydrogen ions within the lumen of the thylakoids.

2. As electrons move through the photosystems, protons are transported across the membrane, and proton is released into the inner side or the lumen side of the membrane.

3. The NADP reductase enzyme is located on the stroma side of the membrane. Along with electrons that come from the accepter of electrons of PS I, protons are necessary for the reduction of NADP+ to NADPH+ H+. These protons are also removed from the stroma.

Question 11.
Chemiosmotic hypothesis explains the mechanism of ATP synthesis during respiration and photosynthesis.

  1. Write the difference in the accumulation of proton during the above process.
  2. What causes the proton gradience across the thylakoid membrane within the chloroplast?

OR

C3 plants complete the Biosynthetic phase through 3 stages and sometimes they are affected by high concentration of O2.

  1. Name the 3 stages of Biosynthetic phase.
  2. Name the assimilatory powers used during this phase and specify the number.
  3. Write the process carried out by C3 plants during high concentration of O2.
  4. How does the high O2 concentration affect RUBISCO?

Answer:
1.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img10
2. Movement of electrones through electron carrier

OR

  1. Carboxylation, carbon reduction and regeneration
  2. ATP & NAD PH2
  3. Photorespiration
  4. RUBISCO – undergoes oxygenase activity

Question 12.
ATP and NADPH2 molecules synthesized in Light reaction of Photosynthesis are used for the synthesis glucose in Dark reaction.
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img11

  1. Who proposed the Dark reaction?
  2. List out three phases in Dark reaction.
  3. Location of dark reaction in the chloroplast.
  4. Expense of ATP and NADPH2 for the synthesis of one molecule of Glucose in Dark reaction.

Answer:

  1. Melvin Calvin
  2. Carboxylation, carbon reduction and regeneration
  3. Stroma
  4. 18 ATP and 12 NADPH2

Question 13.
Observe the labeled and write down the following :
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img12

  1. Which gas is passed out into the atmosphere at A?
  2. What raw material required for photosynthesis, enters the leaf at B?
  3. Describe the major steps involved at C in the synthesis of sugar.

Answer:

  1. O2
  2. H2O
  3. CO2 is reduced to sugar (glucose or fructose), by the biochemical reaction of photosynthesis (Calvin cycle). It has 3 major steps.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img13

  • Carboxylation – During which CO2 combines with RuBP.
  • Reduction – During which carbohydrate is formed at the expense of the photochemically made ATP and NADPH.
  • Regeneration – During which is the CO2 acceptor (RuBP) is formed again so that the cycle continues.

Plus One Botany Photosynthesis in Higher Plants NCERT Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
By looking at a plant externally can you tell whether a plant is C3 or C4? Why and how?
Answer:
Usually plants growing in dry conditions use ( pathways. It cannot be said conclusively if the plant is a C3 or C4 by looking at fleshy leaf structure of C4 plants.

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 2.
By looking at which internal structure of a plant can you tell whether a plant is C3 or C4? Explain.
Answer:
The particularly large cells around the vascular bundles of the C4 pathway plants are called bundle sheath cells, and the leaves which have such anatomy are said to have ‘Kranz’ anatomy. ‘Kranz’ means ‘wreath’ and is a reflection of the arrangement of cells.

The bundle sheath cells may form several layers around the vascular bundles; they are characterised by having a large number of chloroplasts, thick walls impervious to gaseous exchange and no intercellular spaces.

Plus One Botany Photosynthesis in Higher Plants Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The ATP production in photosynthesis is called
(a) Phototropism
(b) phosphorylation
(c) Photo-oxidation
(d) photophosphorylation
Answer:
(d) photophosphorylation

Question 2.
Conditions helpful in photorespiration are
(a) more oxygen and less carbon dioxide
(b) less oxygen and more carbon dioxide
(c) more temperature and less oxygen
(d) more humidity and less temperature
Answer:
(a) more oxygen and less carbon dioxide

Question 3.
What is common between chloroplasts, chromoplasts, and leucoplasts?
(a) Presence of pigments
(b) Possession of thylakoids and grana
(c) Storage of starch, proteins, and lipids
(d) Ability to multiply by a fission-like process
Answer:
(d) Ability to multiply by a fission-like process

Question 4.
A student set up an experiment on photosynthesis as follow: He takes soda water in a glass tumbler and keeps the tumbler exposed sunlight hoping that he has provided necessary ingredient for photosynthesis to proceed (viz, CO2 H2O chlorophyll and light)
What do you think what will happen after, say few hours of exposure of light?
(a) Photosynthesis will take place and glucose will produced
(b) Photosynthesis will take place and starch will be produced which will turn the mixture turbid
(c) Photosynthesis will not take place because CO2 dissolved in soda water escapes into the atmosphere
(d) Photosynthesis will not take place because intact chloroplasts are needed for the process
Answer:
(a) Photosynthesis will take place and glucose will produced

Question 5.
Photochemical reactions in the chloroplasts are directly involved in
(a) Fixation of carbon dioxide
(b) synthesis of glucose and starch
(c) formation of Phosphoglyceric acid
(d) photolysis of water and phosphorylation of ADP
Answer:
(d) photolysis of water and phosphorylation of ADP

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 6.
Match the following with correct combination
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img14
Answer:
Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants img15

Question 7.
Choose the correct statement.
(a) The C4 – plants do not have RUBISCO
(b) Carboxylation of RuBP leds to the formation of PGA and phosphoglycolate
(c) Carboxylation of phosphoenolpyruvate results in the formation of C4 – acids
(d) Decarboxylation of C4 – acids occurs in the mesophyll cells
Answer:
(c) Carboxylation of phosphoenolpyruvate results in the formation of C4 – acids

Question 8.
In non-cyclic photophosphorylation, there are photolysis of 12 water molecules, How many H+ are formed?
(a) 24 H+
(b) 36 H+
(c) 12 H+
(d) 32 H+
Answer:
(a) 24 H+

Question 9.
In Hatch and Slack pathway.
(a) chloroplasts are of same type
(b) occurs in Kranz anatomy where mesphyll have small Chloroplasts whereas bundle sheath have granal chloroplasts
(c) occurs in Kranz anatomy where mesphyll have small Chloroplasts whereas bundle sheath have larger agranal chloroplasts
(d) Kranz anatomy where mesphyll cells are diffused
Answer:
(c) occurs in Kranz anatomy where mesphyll have small Chloroplasts whereas bundle sheath have larger agranal chloroplasts

Question 10.
To form one molecule of glucose in Calvin cycle
(a) 9ATP and 36 NADPH are required
(b) 6 ATP and 6 NADPH are required
(c) 3 ATP and 2 NADPH are required
(d) 18ATPand12 NADPH are required
Answer:
(d) 18ATPand12 NADPH are required

Question 11.
Photosynthesis is correctly explained by the equation
(a) 6 CO2 + 12H2 O → C6 H12 O6 + 6O2 + 6H2O
(b) 6 CO2 + 6H2 O → C6 H12 O6 + 6O2 + 6H2
(c) 6CO2 + 6 H2O → C6H12 O6+ 6O2
(d) 2CO2+ 12H2O → C6H12 O6+ 2CO2
Answer:
(a) 6 CO2 + 12H2 O C6 H12 O6 + 6O2 + 6H2O

Question 12.
In sugarcane plant, CO2is fixed into malic acid, in which the enzyme that fixes carbon dioxide is
(a) ribulose phosphate kinase
(b) fructose phosphatase
(c) ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase
(d) phosphoenol pyruvate carboxlase
Answer:
(d) phosphoenol pyruvate carboxlase

Question 13.
Which fractions of the visible spectrum of solar radiations are primarily absorbed by carotenoids of higher plants?
(a) Red and violet
(b) Violet and blue
(c) Blue and green
(d) Green and red
Answer:
(b) Violet and blue

Plus One Botany Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Photosynthesis in Higher Plants

Question 14.
Which factor is not limiting in normal condition for photosynthesis?
(a) Air
(b) Carbon dioxide
(c) Water
(d) Chlorophyll
Answer:
(a) Air

Question 15.
Which of the following is used during discovery of Calvin cycle?
(a) Spirogyra
(b) Volvox
(c) Chlamydomonas
(d) Chlorella
Answer:
(d) Chlorella

Question 16.
Photosynthesis in C4 plants is relatively less limited by atmospheric carbon dioxide levels because
(a) Four carbon acids are the primary initial carbon dioxide fixation products
(b) the primary Fixation of carbon dioxide is mediated via PEP caroxylase
(c) effective pumping of CO2 into bundle sheath cells.
(d) Rubisco in C4_ plants has higher affinity for CO2
Answer:
(b) the primary Fixation of carbon dioxide is mediated via PEP caroxylase

Question 17.
NADP is converted into NADPH2 in
(a) photosystem I
(b) photosystem II
(c) calvin cycle
(d) non cyclic photophosphorylation
Answer:
(d) noncyclic photophosphorylation

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Students can Download Chapter 9 Structured Query Language Questions and Answers, Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
______form of SQL is designed for use with in general purpose programming languages such as COBOL, C, etc.
Answer:
Embedded SQL.

Question 2.
What is TCL?
Answer:
Transaction Control Language- component of SQL includes commands for specifying transactions.

Question 3.
Data dictionary is a special file in DBMS. What is it used for?
Answer:
Table details are stored in this file

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 4.
What does the following statement mean?
Name VARCHAR(30)
Answer:
Field Name can store up to 30 characters. It is a column definition.

Question 5.
Is there any data type available in SQL to store your date of birth information?
Answer:
Ip Yes. DATE data type

Question 6.
Pick the odd one out.
(DEC, NUMBER, INT, DATE)
Answer:
DATE

Question 7.
How do you ensure that the field ‘ name’ will have some value always?
Answer:
using the constraint NOT NULL

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 8.
How to set the default value of column District in a table to ‘Thrissur’?
Answer:
District VARCHAR(30) DEFAULT ‘ Thrissur’

Question 9.
_______symbol is used as substitution operator in SQL
Answer:
&

Question 10.
Is there any method to find the strings starting with letter ‘a’ from a field in SQL?
Answer:
Use LIKE operator, LIKE ‘a%’

Question 11.
Howto check whether a particular field contains null values or not?
Answer:
Use operator IS NULL

Question 12.
“ORDER BY” clause is used for_______
Answer:
Sorting the results of a query by ascending(Asc) or Descending (Desc).

Question 13.
The built-in functions in SQL that return just a single value for a group of rows in a table are called______
Answer:
Summary functions or aggregate functions.

Question 14.
How to find the number of values in a column in the table?
Answer:
Using the function COUNT()

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 15.
______is the clause in SQL used for categorization.
Answer:
GROUP BY

Question 16.
Thomas wants to remove a table that he were using. How could you help him doing this?
Answer:
Using DROP TABLE command

Question 17.
Pick the odd one out.
(SELECT, UPDATE, DELETE, DROP TABLE)
Answer:
DROP TABLE

Question 18.
Name the aggregate function that can be used to find the total number of records.
Answer:
COUNT()

Question 19.
Which of the following is an essential clause used with SELECT command?
(GROUP BY, ORDER BY, WHERE, FROM)
Answer:
FROM

Question 20.
Which of the following is not a column constraint?
(CHECK, DISTINCT, UNIQUE, DEFAULT)
Answer:
DISTINCT

Question 21.
Which of the following is a DDL command?
(SELECT, UPDATE, CREATE TABLE, INSERT INTO)
Answer:
CREATETABLE

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 22.
What are the logical operators used in SQL?
Answer:
And, Or, Not

Question 23.
The______operator of SQL is used to match a pattern with the help of %. February 2009
(a) BETWEEN
(b) AND
(c) LIKE
(d) OR
Answer:
(c) LIKE

Question 24.
The structure of a table Book is given below.

BookNoInteger
TitleVarchar (200)
AuthorVarchar(100)
PriceDec(5, 2)

Write SQL query to Insert an additional column Purchase date of date type to the. Books table.
Answer:
Alter table Book add(PurchaseDate Date);

Question 25.
Suppose we want to include a column in a table in which serial numbers are to be stored automatically on adding new records. Which constraint is to be used for that column during table creation?
Answer:
The constraint Autojncrement is used.

Question 26.
Which of the following cannot be used to name a table in SQL? Give the reason.
(a) Studnt50
(b) Table
(c) $Employee
(d) Stock_123
Answer:
(b) Table. This is a keyword hence it cannot be used.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 27.
Which of the following commands is used to view the strucutre of a table?
(a) SHOW TABLES
(b) DESC
(C) SELECT
(d) DISPLAY
Answer:
(b) DESC

Question 28.
The command to eliminate the table CUSTOMER from a database is:
(a) REMOVE TABLE CUSTOMER
(b) DROP TABLE CUSTOMER
(c) DELETE TABLE CUSTOMER
(d) UPDATE TABLE CUSTOMER
Answer:
(b) DROP TABLE CUSTOMER

Question 29.
Which SQL command is used to open a database?
(a) OPEN
(b) SHOW
(c) USE
(d) CREATE
Answer:
(c) USE

Question 30.
Which is the keyword used with SELECT command to avoid duplication of rows in the selction?
Answer:
DISTINCT

Question 31.
Pick odd one out and write reason:
(a) WHERE
(b) ORDER BY
(c) UPDATE
(d) GROUP BY
Answer:
(c) UPDATE. It is a command and others are clauses.

Question 32.
Which of the following clause is not used with SELECT command in SQL?
(a) GROUP BY
(b) WHERE
(c) SET
(d) ORDER BY
Answer:
(c) SET. This clause is used with UPDATE.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 33.
______operator in SQL is used with wildcard characters for selection of records,
(a) LIKE
(b) IN
(c) NOT IN
(d) IN and NOT IN
Answer:
(a) LIKE

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How is SQL different from other computer high level languages?
Answer:
SQL means Structured Query Language. It is a relational database language, not a programming language like other high level languages. It provides facilities to create a table, insert data into a table, retrieve information from a table, modify data in the table, etc.

Question 2.
Distinguish the SQL keywords UNIQUE and DISTINCT.
Answer:

  1. Unique: It ensures that no two rows have the same value in a column while storing data. It is used with create command.
  2. Distinct: This keyword is used to avoid duplicate values in a column of a table while retrieving data. It is used with select command.

Question 3.
Identify errors in the following SQL statement and rewrite it correctly. Underline the corrections.
CREATE student TABLE
(admno PRIMARY KEY,
roll no INT,
name CHAR);
Answer:
The correct SQL statement is as follows.
CREATE TABLE student(
admno INT PRIMARY KEY,
roll_no INT,
name CHAR(3));

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 4.
Suppose a column named Fee does not contain any value for some records in the table named STUDENT. Write SQL statement to fill these blanks with 1000.
Answer:
UPDATE STUDENT SET Fee = 1000 WHERE Fee IS NULL;

Question 5.
Identify the errors in the following SQL statement and give reason for the error.
SELECT FROM STUDENT
ORDER BY Group
WHERE Marks above 50;
Answer:
In this query Group is the key word hence it cannot be used. The correct query is as follows.
SELECT * FROM STUDENT WHERE Marks > 50 ORDER BY Marks;

Question 6.
Differentiate CHAR and VARCHAR data types of SQL.
Answer:

  • Char: It is used to store fixed number of characters. It is declared as char(size).
  • Varchar: It is used to store characters but it uses only enough memory.

Question 7.
Assume that CUSTOMER is a table with columns Cust_code, Cust_name, Mob_No and Email. Write an SQL statement to add the details of a customer who has no e-mail id.
Answer:
INSERT INTO CUSTOMER VALUES(1001, ‘ALVIS’, 9447024365, NULL);

Question 8.
Find the correct clause from the 2nd column for each SQL command in the1 st column.

CommandClause
INSERTSET
SELECTFROM
UPDATEINTO
ALTERADD

Answer:

CommandClause
INSERTINTO
SELECTFROM
UPDATESET
ALTERADD

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 9.
Is ALL a keyword in SQL? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, ALL retains all the duplicate values of a field

Question 10.
Differentiate LIKE ‘a%’ and LIKE ‘a_’
Answer:
%, it replaces a string but _ replaces only one character at a time.LIKE ‘a%’ retrieve all strings of any length that start with letter ‘a.’ while LIKE ‘a_’ retrieve all two letter strings that start with letter ‘a’.

Question 11.
Is multiple sorting possible using ORDER BY clause? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, by giving multiple field names separated by comma in the ORDER BY clause.

Question 12.
While inserting records into a table, Raju finds it is not possible to give more than 20 characters in the ‘name’ field. How can you help Raju solve this problem?
Answer:
Using ALTER TABLE command he can modify the width of field so that it can accommodate more than 20 characters.

Question 13.
After executing a query Mohan gets a message like ‘Table Altered’. What would have he done? Give the syntax.
Answer:
He would have used the ALTER TABLE command.
Syntax, ALTER TABLE <name> ADD/MODIFY (<column>);

Question 14.
During discussion one student said that DELETE and DROP TABLE commands are same. Do you agree with that? Justify.
Answer:
No, DROP TABLE remove a table entirely from the database whereas DELETE command deletes only records from an existing table.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 15.

  1. Pick odd one out .
    DROP TABLE, DELETE, ALTER TABLE, CREATE VIEW
  2. Justify your answer

Answer:

  1. DELETE
  2. All others are DDL commands

Question 16.

  1. Pick odd one out from the following.
    NOT NULL, Group By, Check, Unique, Default
  2. Justify your answer

Answer:

  1. Group By
  2. Group By is not a Constraint.

Question 17.
Consider the following SQL statements.
DELETE Name
From Student
Where name = “Raju”
Find the error in the SQL if any and correct it.
Answer:
Delete from student where name = ‘Raju’

Question 18.
Consider the following Query in SQL.
SELECT Department, avg(salary)
From Employee
Where branch = ‘Kannur’
Group By Department
Having avg (salary) > 7000,
Compare the ‘where’ clause and ‘Having’ Clause using the above query.
Answer:
‘where’ clause applies on single rows but Having clause applies on a group.

Question 19.
Some constraints in SQL are called column constraints. Some constraints are called table constraints. How do they differ?
Answer:
Column constraints are specified while defining each column, table constraints are specified once for the entire table at the end of table definition.

Question 20.

  1. Choose the odd one from the following.
    Primary key, Unique, Distinct, Default, Check
  2. Justify your choice

Answer:

  1. Distinct
  2. Distinct is used with select command while others are column constraints of create table command.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 21.
Name the most appropriate SQL data type required to store the following data.

  1. Name of a student (maximum 70 characters)
  2. Date of Birth of a student.
  3. RollNo. of a student (in the range 1 to 50)
  4. Percentage of marks obtained (correct to 2 decimal places)

Answer:

  1. Varchar(70)
  2. Date
  3. Smallint OR Integer Or decimal(2)
  4. Dec(5, 2)

Question 22.

  1. From the list given below select the names that cannot be used as a table name.
    Adm_No, Date, Salary 2006, Table, Column_Name, Address.
  2. Justify your selection.

Answer:

  1. Date, Table
  2. There is a data type Date and Table is a key word used to create a table. So these two are not used.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 23.
Classify the following SQL elements into two and give proper title for each category.
NOT NULL. AVG. COUNT. CHECK. SUM. DEFAULT
Answer:
1. Aggregate functions:
AVG
COUNT
SUM

2. Column Constraints:
NOT NULL
CHECK
DEFAULT

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
As a part of your school project you are asked to create a table Student with the fields RollNo, Name, Date of Birth and Score in IT. The constraints required are RollNo. is the primary key. Name cannot be empty.
Answer:
Create table student(RollNo decimal(2) not null primary key, Name varchar(20) not null, DOB date, Score number(2));

Question 2.
A table Employee consists of fields EmployeeNo, Name, Designation and Salary. Consider that you are forced to give access to this table for an engineer from another company. But for security reasons you need to hide Salary from him.

  1. Name the concept that provides this engineer, a facility to work on this table without viewing salary.
  2. Write SQL query for implementing this.

Answer:

  1. Views
  2. Create view Empview as select employee no, Name, Designation from Employee.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 3.
Explain the keywords in the following query.
SELECT DISTINCT course FROM Student;
Answer:
SELECT allows to retrieve a subset of rows from the table, DISTINCT avoids duplication of courses from the table STUDENT, FROM is a key word used to specify the name of the table

Question 4.
A table named student is given below.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 1
Write answers for the questions based on the above table.

  1. SQL statement to display the different courses available without duplication.
  2. SQL statement to display the Name and Batch of the students whose percentage has a null value.
  3. Output of the query select count (percentage) from Student.

Answer:

  1. Select distinct batch from Student;
  2. Select name, batch from Student where percent is null
  3. 5

Question 5.
Once the creation of a table is over, one can perform two changes in the schema of the table. What are they? Give syntax.
Answer:
We can alter the table in two ways.

  • We can add a new column to the existing table using the following syntax,
    ALTER TABLE <tablename>ADD(<cloumnname> <type> <constraint>);
  • We can also change or modify the existing column in terms of type or size using the following syntax, ALTER TABLE<tablename>MODIFY(<column> <newtype>);

Question 6.
Explain how pattern matching can be done in SQL with an example.
Answer:
Pattern matching can be done using the operator LIKE while setting the condition with pattern matching.

for eg., to display the names of all students whose name begins with letters ‘ma’, we can write the following query, SELECT name FROM STUDENT WHERE name LIKE ‘ma%’; here the character ‘%’ substitutes any number of characters in the value of the specified column. Another character substitutes only one character of the specified column.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 7.
During the discussion of study your friend say that table and view are the same. How can you correct him?
Answer:
Tables and views are different. A view is a single virtual table that is derived from other physically existing tables. When we access a view we actually access the base tables.

We can use all the DML commands with the views but care should be taken as operation actually reflects in the base tables. The advantage of view is that without sparing extra storage space, we can use same table as different virtual tables. It also implements sharing along with privacy).

Question 8.
Find the errors if any of the following code. Create table emp (name char, R0IIN0 int(20));
Answer:
Here the argument size of data type char of field name is missing. So we can’t store a character only. The second error is the data type int has no argument. The correct statement is as follows Create table emp (name char(20), RollNo int);

Question 9.
Consider the following variable Declaration in SQL.

  • name char (25)
  • name Varchar (25)
    1. Considering the utilisation of memory, which variable declaration is more suitable.
    2. Justify your answer

Answer:
1. name varchar (25)

2. Because char data type is fixed length. It allocates maximum memory i.e, here it allocates memory for 25 characters may be there is a chance of memory wastage. But Varchar allocates only enough memory to store the actual size.

Question 10.
Mr. Dilip wants to construct a table and implement some restrictions on the table.

  1. Column can never have empty values.
  2. One of the columns must be a key to identify the rows etc.

Can you help him to create that table satisfying the above restrictions with an example.
Answer:

  1. Use of create table, Not NULL,
  2. Primary key

Eg: Create table employee(RollNo decimal(3) not null primary key, Name Varchar(70) not null, Desgn Varchar(30), DOB Date, Salary Dec(7,2));

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 11.
Write SQL query to construct a table student with fields Reg No, Stud Name, Sex, Course, grade, etc. As per the following conditions.

  1. Reg No should not be empty and using this column any rows in that table can be identified.
  2. Student name should have some value.
  3. Default value of sex be Female.
  4. Grade should be any of the values: A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D+, D, E

Answer:
Create table Student(RollNo decimal(3) not null primary key,Name Varchar(70) not null, sex char default ‘Female’, Grade char(2));

Question 12.
Ramu create Table employee with fields empld, empname, Designation, salary using SQL statements. Later he found that data type of emPId is typed as Integer instead of character and missed a field ‘Department’. Can you help him to solve this problem without recreating ‘employee’ table.
Answer:

  • Alter Table Employee Modify(Empld char(4));
  • Alter Table Employee Add(Dept char(15));

Question 13.
While creating a table Alvis give “Emp Details” for table name. Is it Possible. Write down the rules for naming a Table.
Answer:
It is not possible because there is a space between Emp and Details. The rules are given below:

  1. It must not be a keywond(Key words are reserved words and have predefined meaning)
  2. It must begin with alphabets
  3. Digits can be used followed by alphabets
  4. Special characters cannot be used except under score
  5. We cannot give a name of another table

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Consider the table ITEMS.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 2

  1. SELECT ITEMCODE, NAME FROM ITEMS WHERE CATEGORY = ‘Stationery’;
  2. SELECT * FROM ITEMS WHERE SALES_ PRICE < UNIT_PRICE;
  3. SELECT CATEGORY, COUNT(*) FROM ITEMS GROUP BY CATEGORY;’

Answer:
1.

ltem_CodeName
0001Pencil
0002Pen
0003Notebook
0007Pen

2.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 3

3.

CategoryCount(*)
Stationery4
Footwear1
Fruits2

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 2.
Write SQL queries to
1. Create a table Employee with the fields given below.

EmpNoInteger
NameCharacter of size 70
DesignationCharacter size 30
Date of birthDate
SalaryDecimal (7,2)

2. List the name of all employees whose name’s second letter is ‘a’.
3. List the Name and Designation of employees whose Designation is not ‘Manager’.
4. Increase the salary of all employees by 10 percent.
5. Remove all managers whose salary is less than Rs. 10,000 from the table.
Answer:

  1. Create table employee(Name Varchar(70), Desgn Varchar(30), DOB Date, Salary Dec(7,2));
  2. Select Name from Employee where Name like ‘_a%’;
  3. Select Name, Desgn from Employee where Desgn<> ’Manager’;
  4. Update Employee set Salary = Salary + Salary * .01;
  5. Delete from Employee where Desgn = ‘Manager’ and Salary < 10000;

Question 3.
A table Student consists of fields Roll No, Name, Batch and Percent. Write SQL statements to

  1. Display RollNo and Name of students whose percentage is Iessthan90 and greater than 70.
  2. Display RollNo and Name of all students in science batch whose percentage is more than
  3. Display Names of all students in commerce and science batches.
  4. Display the average Percent of students in each batch.
  5. Display RollNo and Name in the ascending order of Batch and descending order of Percent.

Answer:

  1. Select RollNo.Name from Student where percent < 90 and percent > 70;
  2. Select RollNo.Name from Student where Batch = ’Science’ and percent > 90;
  3. Select Name from Student where batch = ’Science’ Or batch = ’Commerce’;
  4. Select batch, Avg(percent) from Student group by batch;
  5. Select RollNo.Name from Student order by batch, percent desc;

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 4.

  1. Classify the following SQL commands. Create table, Insert Into, AlterTable, Delete, Update, Drop Table, Select.
  2. List the features of each category.

Answer:
1. DDL – Create Table, Alter Table, Drop Table DML- Insert Into, Delete, Update, Select.

2. DDL – DDL means Data Definition Language. It is used to create the structure of a table, modify the structure of a table and delete the structure of a table.

DML -DML means Data Manipulation Language. It is used to insert records into a table, modify the records of a table, delete the records of a table and retrieve the records from a table.

Question 5.
Explain the available database integrity constraints.
Answer:

  1. NOT NULL: it specifies that a column can never have null values, i.e., not empty
  2. UNIQUE: it ensures that no two rows have same value in the specified column.
  3. PRIMARY KEY: it declares a column or a set of columns as the primary key of the table. This constraint makes a column NOT NULL and UNIQUE.
  4. DEFAULT: it sets a default value for a column when the user does not enter a value for that column.
  5. Auto_increment: This constraint is used to perform auto_increment the values in a column. That is automatically generate serial numbers. Only one auto_increment column per table is allowed.

Question 6.
Consider a table student with fields Reg No, Stud Name, Sex, Course, total score.
Write Sql queries for the following:

  1. Enter a Record
  2. List the Detail’s of all students
  3. Display Details of the student whose name ends with ‘Kumar’.
  4. List all Female students who got more than 50 marks.
  5. List all students who are studying either science or in Commerce group.
  6. List details of those students who are studying Humanities in the Descending order of their names.

Answer:

  1. Insert into Student values. (52, ‘JOSE’, ‘Male’, ‘Science’, 500);
  2. Select * from Student;
  3. Select * from Student where name like ‘%Kumar’;
  4. Select * from Student where sex=’Female’ and Total > 50;
  5. Select * from Student where course = ‘science’ or course = ‘commerce’;
  6. Select * from Student where course=’Humanities’ order by name desc;

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 7.
Construct a Table Product with the following fields using SQL.
Product code – Consist of Alphanumeric code
Product name – Consist of maximum of 30 Alphabets
Unit price – Numeric values
Quantity – Numeric values
Product price – Numeric Values
Write Query for the following:

  1. Enter 5 records in the table (not give values for product prices)
  2. Calculate product price (unit price x quantity)
  3. List all product whose unit price ranging from 10 to 20
  4. Calculate total price of all product.

Answer:
Create table Product(ProdCode Varchar(20) not null primary key, ProdName char(30), UPrice decimal(7, 2), Qty decimal(6), ProdPricedecimal(7, 2));

  1. Insert into Product(Product Code,Product Name, Unit Price, Quantity) values (‘101’, ‘LUX’, 29.50, 500); Similarly insert four more records
  2. Update Product set ProdPrice = Qty * UPrice;
  3. Select ProdName from Product where UPrice between 10 and 20;
  4. Select sum(ProdPrice) from Product;

Question 8.
Mr. Wilson wants to store the details of students. The details consists of different types of data. Explain different data types used in SQL to store data.
Answer:
The different data types are:

1. Char (Fixed):
It is declared as char (size). This data type is used to store alpha numeric characters. We have to specify the size. If no size is specified, by default we can store only one character. Eg: name char(20).

2. Variable Character:
It is declared as varchar (size). This data type is also used to store alpha numeric characters. But there is a slight difference.lt allocates only enough memory to store the actual size.
Eg: namevarchar(20)

3. Decimal:
It is declared as Dec(size, scale), where size is the number of digits and scale is the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
Eg: weight dec(3,2)

4. Integer:
It is declared as int. It does not have any arguments. It takes more memory.
Eg: RollNo int.

5. Small Integer:
It is declared as small int. It takes less memory RollNo int.

6. Date:
It is used to store date.
Eg: DOB date.

7. Time:
It is used to store time.
Eg: Joining_Time Time.

Question 9.
A company wants to create a table to store its employees details. Write SQL Commands for the following :

  1. Create a table with EMP table having fields EMPNO primary key varchar(10), Name varchar(20), Salary number(6), Department varchar(3)
  2. Insert values to table
  3. List all employees whose salary > 10,000
  4. Display name and salary in the order of name.

Answer:

  1. Create table EMP (EMPNO varchar(10) not null primary key, Name varchar(20), Salary decimal(6), Dept varchar(3));
  2. Insert into EMP values (‘1001’, ‘ALVIS’, 50000, ‘Sales’);
  3. Select * from EMP where salary > 10000;
  4. Select name,salary from EMP order by name;

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 10.
Create a table ‘Savings’ with the following fields.
Acc No (Integer), Name (char), age (Integer) and balance (Number) where Acc No is the primary key. Write SQL commands for the following.

  1. Insert data in all the fields for 3 records
  2. Display the list of account holders in the ascending order of their names.
  3. Display the list of all account holders having age between 20 and 30
  4. Display the name and Acc No of customers having a balance > 10 lakhs

Answer:
Create table Savings(Accno decimal(4) not null primary key, name char(2), age decimal(3), Balance decimal(8,2));

  1. Insert into savings values (501, ‘Andrea’, 18,45000)
  2. Select * from Savings order by name
  3. Select * from Savings where age between 20 and 30
  4. Select name.accno from Savings where balance > 100000

Question 11.
Which are the components of SQL? How do they help to manage database?
Answer:
The components of SQL are given below.
DDL commands (3 commands)

  • Create table: Used to create a table.
  • Alter table: Used to modify existing column or add new column to an existing table. There are 2 keywords used ADD and MODIFY.
  • Drop table: Used to remove a table from the memory.

DML commands (4 commands)

  • Select: Used to select rows from a table. The keyword From is used with this. Where clause is used to secify the conition.
  • Insert: Used to insert new records into a table. So the keyword used is INTO.
  • Delete: Used to delete records in a table.
  • Update: Used to modify the records in a table the keyword used is set.

DCL (Data Control Language) commands

  • Grant: It grants permission to the users to the database
  • Revoke: It withdraws user’s rights given by using Grant command.

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language Let Us Practice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The structure of a table is given to store the details of marks scored by students in an examination. (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 4
Write SQL statements for the creation of the table and the following requirements:

  1. Insert data into the fields (at least 10 records).
  2. Display the details of all students.
  3. List the details of Science group students.
  4. Count the number of students in each course.
  5. Add a new column named Total to store the total marks.
  6. Fill the column Total with the sum of the six marks of each student.
  7. Display the highest total in each group.
  8. Find the highest, lowest and average score in Subject 6 in Commerce group.
  9. Display the names in the alphabetical order in each course.
  10. Display the name of the student with the highest total.

Answer:
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 5
1.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 6

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

2.

3. mysql>select * from student1 where course = ’Science’;

4. mysql>select course,count(*) from → student1 group by course;

5. mysql>altertable student1 add(total int);

6. mysql>update studentl set total=mark1 + mark2 + mark3 + mark4 + mark5 + mark6;

7. mysql>select course,max(total) from student1 group by course;

8. mysqt>select max(mark6), min(mark6), avg(mark6) from student1;

9. mysql>select course, name from studentl order by course, name;

10. mysql>select name from studentl where total=(select max(total) from student1);

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 2.
The structure of a table is given to store the details of items in a computer shop. (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 9
Write SQL statements for the creation of the table and the following requirements.

  1. Insert data into the fields (at least 10 records).
  2. Display the details of all items in the table.
  3. Display the names of items and total price of each.
  4. List the items manufactured by a company (specify the name) available in the table.
  5. Find the number of items from each manufacturer.
  6. Display the details of items with the highest price.
  7. List the names of items whose price is more than the average price of all the items.
  8. Display the names of items purchased after 1 -1 -2015.
  9. Get the details of items manufactured by two or three companies (specify the names) available in the table.
  10. Display the details of items from a company (specify the name) with a stock of more than 20 pieces.

Answer:
mysql>create table shop (ItemNo int primary key, name char(30) not null,
DOP date,
UnitPrice float(8, 2),
Qty int,
mfrer char(30));
1. mysql>insert into shop values(1,’Keyboard’, ’2014-08-21’, 300.00, 100, ’Tech Com’);
mysql>insert into shop values(2,’Mouse’, ‘2014-08-21 ’, 300.00, 100, ‘Tech Com’);
mysql>insert into shop values(3,’Speaker’,’2015-08-21’, 550.00, 100, ’I Ball’);
mysql>insert into shop values(4,’CPU’,’2015-07-21’, 3500.00, 100, ’AMD’);
mysql>insert into shop values(5,’RAM’, ‘2015-08-1’, 1300.00, 100, ’Hynix’);

2. mysql>select * from shop;

3. mysql>select name, UnitPrice*Qty from shop;

4. mysql>select name from shop where mfrer=’Tech Com’;

5. mysql>select mfrer,count(*) from shop group by mfrer;

6. mysql>select * from shop where UnitPrice = (select max(UnitPrice) from shop);

7. mysql>select name from shop where UnitPrice > (select avg(UnitPrice) from shop);

8. mysql> select “from shop where DOP>’2015-1-1’;

9. mysql> select name frogi shop where mfrer=’l Ball’ and Qty>20;

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 3.
The structure of a table is given to store the details of higher secondary school teachers. (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 10
Write SQL statements for the creation of the table and the following requirements:

  1. Insert data into the fields (at least 10 records).
  2. Display the details of all female teachers in the table.
  3. List the details of male teachers in the Science department.
  4. Display the names and basic pay of teachers in the Language department whose basic pay is Rs. 21000/-or more.
  5. Display the names and 71 % of basic pay of the teachers.
  6. Find the number of teachers in each department.
  7. Display the details of teachers whose basic pay is less than the average basic pay.
  8. List the male teachers who joined before 1-1-2010.
  9. Increment the basic pay of all teachers by Rs. 1000/-.
  10. Delete the details of teachers from the Language department.

Answer:
mysql>create table hsst(Teacherld int primary key, name varchar(30) not null,
gender char,
DOJ date,
Dept varchar(15),
BP float(8, 2));
1. mysql>insert into hsst values(1 ,’Jose’,’M’, ‘2002-01-01’,’Science’, 25660);
mysql> insert into hsst values(2,’Christy’,’F’, ‘2012-01-01′,’Commerce’, 20740);
mysql>insert into hsst values(3,’Geejo George’,’M’, ‘2007-01-01’,’Humanities’, 22360);

2. mysql>select * from hsst where gender=’F’;

3. mysql>select * from hsst where gender=’M’ and Dept=’Science’;

4. mysql>select name, BP from hsst where dept=’Language’ and BP >21000;

5. mysql>select name, BP*.71 from hsst;

6. mysql>select Dept,count(*) from hsst group by Dept;

7. mysql>select * from hsst where BP < (select avg(BP) from hsst);

8. mysql>select * from hsst where gender=’M’ and DOJ<’2010-01-01’;

9. mysql>update hsst set BP=BP+1000;

10. mysql>delete from hsst where Dept= ’Language’;

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 4.
The structure of a table is given to store the details of customers in a bank. (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 11
Write SQL statements for the creation of the table and the following requirements:

  1. Insert data into the fields (at least 10 records).
  2. Display the details of customers having SB account.
  3. Display the names of customers with a balance among greater than Rs. 5000/-.
  4. Display the details of female customers with a balance amount greater than Rs. 10000/-
  5. Count the number of male and female customers.
  6. Display the names of customers with the highest balance amount.
  7. Display the names of customers whose names end with ‘kumar’.
  8. Update the balance amount of a particular customer with a deposit amount of Rs. 2000/-.
  9. Display the details of customers with a tax deduction of 2% of the balance amount for those who have Rs. 2,00,000/- in their account.
  10. Delete the details of customers with current account.

Answer:
mysql>create table customer
AccNo int primary key,
name varchar(30),
gender char,
DOJ date,
TypeOfAcc char(8),
Balance double(10, 2));
1. mysql>insert into customer values (1001,’Adeline’,’F’,’2008-11-26’,’SB’, 50000.00);
mysql>insert into customer values (1002,’Aivis’.’M’,’2007-05-19’,’Current’, 500000.00);
mysql>insert into customer values (1003,’Andrea’,’F’,’2012-07-29’,’SB’, 450000.00);

2. mysql>select * from customer where TypeOfAcc=’SB’;

3. mysql>select name from customer where Balance>5000;

4. mysql>select name from customer where gender=’F’ and Balance>10000;

5. mysql>select gender, count(*) from customer group by gender;

6. mysql>select name from customer where Balance=(select max(Balance) from customer);

7. mysql> select name from customerwhere name like “%kumar”;

8. mysql>update customer set Balance= Balance+ 2000 where Accno= 1001;

9. mysql>select Accno.name, Balance*.02 from customerwhere Balance>=200000;

10. mysql > delete from customerwhere Type Of Acc = ‘Current’;

Plus Two Computer Application Structured Query Language Let Us Assess Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The command to remove rows from a table ‘CUSTOMER’ is: (1 Mark)
(a) REMOVE FROM CUSTOMER
(b) DROP TABLE CUSTOMER
(c) DELETE FROM CUSTOMER
(d) UPDATE CUSTOMER
Answer:
(c) DELETE FROM CUSTOMER

Question 2.
If values for some columns are unknown, how is a row inserted? (2 Mark)
Answer:
In this occasion the column list must be included, following the table name.
Eg. INSERT INTO <TABLE NAME> (COLUMN NAME1, COLUMN NAME2,….) VALUES (VALUE1, VALUE2, );

Question 3.
Distinguish between CHAR and VARCHAR data types of SQL. (2 Mark)
Answer:

  • Char: It is used to store fixed number of characters. It is declared as char(size).
  • Varchar: It is used to store characters but it uses only enough memory. It is declared as varchar(size).

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 4.
What is the difference between PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints? (2 Mark)
Answer:

  • Unique: It ensures that no two rows have the same value in a column.
  • Primary key: Similar to unique but it can be used only once in a table.

The strings (i) and (iv) only

Question 5.
What do you mean by NULL value in SQL? (1 Mark)
Answer:
Null is a key word in SQL that represents an empty value.

Question 6.
Which of the following is the correct order of clauses for the SELECT statements? (1 Mark)
(a) SELECT, FROM, WHERE, ORDER BY
(b) SELECT, FROM, ORDER BY, WHERE
(c) SELECT, WHERE, FROM, ORDER BY
(d) SELECT, WHERE, ORDER BY, FROM
Answer:
(a) SELECT, FROM, WHERE, ORDER BY

Question 7.
The SQL operator______is used with pattern matching. (1 Mark)
Answer:
LIKE OPERATOR

Question 8.
Read the following strings : (1 Mark)
(i) ‘Sree Kumar’
(ii) ‘Kumaran’
(iii) ‘Kumar Shanu’
(iv) ‘Sreekumar’
Choose the correct option that matches with the pattern ‘%Kumar’, when used with LIKE operator in a SELECT statement.

  1. Strings (i) and (ii) only
  2. Strings (i), (iii) and (iv) only ,
  3. Strings (i) and (iii) only
  4. All the strings

Answer:
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 12

Question 9.
List any five built-in functions of SQL and the value returned by each. (2 Mark)
Answer:
Aggregate functions:

  1. Sum()- find the total of a column.
  2. Avg()- find the average of a column.
  3. Min() – find the smallest value of a column.
  4. Max() – find the largest value of the column.
  5. Count() – find the number of values in a column.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 10.
Distinguish between WHERE clause and HAVING clause. (2 Mark)
Answer:
Where clause is used to specify the condition.
Syntax: Select * from student where roll=1;
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 13
Having clause is used with Group By to give to form groups of records, not conditions and individual rows.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 14

Question 11.
Write any four DML commands in SQL. (2 Mark)
Answer:
The four DML commands are:

  1. INSERT
  2. UPDATE
  3. SELECT
  4. DELETE

Question 12.
Write the essential clause required for each of the following SQL command. (2 Mark)

  1. INSERT INTO
  2. SELECT
  3. UPDATE

Answer:

  1. INSERT INTO – VALUES
  2. SELECT – FROM
  3. UPDATE – SET

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 13.
Consider the given table Customer and write the output of the following SQL queries: (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 15

  1. SELECT * FROM customer WHERE Amount>25000;
  2. SELECT Name FROM customer
    WHERE Branch IN (‘Calicut, ‘Kannur’);
  3. SELECT COUNT (*) FROM customer WHERE Amount < 20000;
  4. SELECT Name FROM customer WHERE Name like “%m%”;
  5. SELECT * FROM customer ORDER BY Amount DESC;

Answer:
1.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 16

2.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 17

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

3.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 18

4.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 19

5.
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 20

Question 14.
Distinguish between COUNT (*) and COUNT (column-name). (2 Mark)
Answer:

  • Count(): find the number of non null values in a column.
  • Count(*): This is used to find the number of records with at least one field.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 15.
Considerthe given table ITEMS. (5 Mark)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 21

  1. Suggest a suitable primary key for the above table. Give justification.
  2. Write SQL statements for the following:
    • To list all stationery items.
    • To list item code, name, and profit of all items.
    • To count the number of items in each category.
    • To list all stationery items in the descending order of their unit price.
    • To find the item with the highest selling price.
    • To create a view that contains the details of all stationery items.

Answer:
1. Item code is the primary key for the table

2. SQL statements:

(i)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 22

(ii)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 23

(iii)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 24

(iv)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 25

(v)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 26

(vi)
Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Languag - 27

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 16.
What are the different modifications that can be made on the structure of a table? Which is the SQL command required for this? Specify the clauses needs for each type of modification. (3 Mark)
Answer:
Alter table command is used to modify existing column or add new column to an existing table. There are 2 keywords used ADD and MODIFY.
We can alter the table in two ways.

  • We can add a new column to the existing table using the following syntax,
    ALTER TABLE <tablename>ADD(<cloumnname> <type> <constraint>);
  • We can also change or modify the existing column in terms of type or size using the following syntax,
    ALTER TABLE<tablename>MODIFY(<column> <newtype>);

Question 17.
A table is created in SQL with 10 records. Which SQL command is used to change the values in a column of specified rows? Write the format. (2 Mark)
Answer:
UPDATE command is used for this.
Syntax : UPDATE <table name> set <column name>=value where condition.

Question 18.
Name the keyword used with SELECT command to avoid duplication of values in a column. (1 Mark)
Answer:
DISTINCT.

Plus Two Computer Application Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Structured Query Language

Question 19.
Distinguish between DISTINCT and UNIQUE in SQL. (2 Mark)
Answer:

  • DISTINCT: This keyword is used to avoid duplicate values in a column of a table.
  • Unique: It ensures that no two rows have the same value in a column.

Question 20.
Pick the odd one out and give reason: (1 Mark)
(a) CREATE
(b) SELECT
(c) UPDATE
(d) INSERT
Answer:
(a) CREATE, It is a DDL command the others are DML commands.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Students can Download Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Questions and Answers, Plus One zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Plus One Body Fluids and Circulation One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Name the double walled membrane of human heart. (Cuticle, Pleura, Pericardium, Sarcolemma)
Answer:
Pericardium

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 2.
Which metal is responsible for blood clotting?
(a) Iron
(b) Calcium
(c) Copper
(d) Magnesium
Answer:
(b) Calcium

Question 3.
In a case sheet, doctor denoted a patients BP as 140/90. What it shows?
Answer:
Hypertension

Question 4.
Mark the pair of substances among the following which is essential for coagulation of blood.
(a) Heparin and calcium ions
(b) Calcium ions and platelet factors
(c) Oxalates and citrates
(d) Platelet factors and heparin
Answer:
(b) Calcium ions and platelet factors

Question 5.
Which one of the following type of cells lack nucleus?
(a) RBC
(b) Neutrophils
(c) Eosinosphils
(d) Monocytes
Answer:
(a) RBC

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 6.
ECG depicts the depolarisation and repolarisation processes during the cardiac cycle. In the ECG of a normal healthy individual one of the following waves is not represented.
(a) Depolarisation of atria
(b) Repolarisation of atria
(c) Depolarisation of ventricles
(d) Repolarisation of ventricles
Answer:
(b) Repolarisation of atria

Question 7.
Which one of the following blood cells is involved in antibody production?
(a) B-Lymphocytes
(b) T-Lymphocytes
(c) RBC
(d) Neutrophils
Answer:
(a) B-Lymphocytes

Question 8.
The cells involved in inflammatory reactions are
(a) Basophils
(b) Neutrophils
(c) Eosinophils
(d) Lymphocytes
Answer:
(a) Basophils

Question 9.
Name the incompatibility observed between the Rh-ve blood of a pregnant mother with Rh+ve blood of the foetus.
Answer:
Erythroblastosis foetalis

Question 10.
Tricuspid valve is present in between _______ and _________?
(a) Right auricle and right ventricle
(b) Left auricle and left ventricle
(c) Right auricle and left auricle
(d) Right ventricle and left ventricle
Answer:
(a) Right auricle and right ventricle

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 11.
Rhythmic heartbeat is maintained by a highly specialized excitatory and conductive system. The correct sequence of events will be
(a) AV node → Bundle of His → S A node → Purkinje fibers
(b) Purkinje fibers → AV node → S A node → Bundle of His
(c) A V node → S A node → Bundle of His → Purkinje fibers
(d) S A node → A V node → Bundle of His → Purkinje fibers
Answer:
(d) S A node → A V node → Bundle of His → Purkinje fibers

Question 12.
The normal cardiogram of man is shown below.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 1
In the diagram, QRS wave has largest amplitude, which represents ventricular depolarization. What condition is obtained if QRS wave is enlarged?
Answer:
Myocardial infarction or cardiac arrest.

Plus One Body Fluids and Circulation Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The diagrammatic figure given below represents two types of blood circulations.

  1. Identify the A and B
  2. Write hepatic portal system

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 2

Answer:

  1. A – Pulmonary circulation B – Systemic circulation
  2. Hepatic portal system is a portal system which carries blood from intestine to liver.

Question 2.
Doctor advised to administer Anti Rh antibodies to Seetha immediately after the first delivery. Justify this statement.
Answer:
If the mother’s blood group is Rh- and foetus blood group is Rh+, there is chance for the condition of erythroblastosis foetalis. This can be avoided by administering Anti-Rh antibodies to the mother immediately afterthe delivery of the first child.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 3.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 3

  1. Identify A & B
  2. Mention the role of A in the myogenic property of Heart.

Answer:
1. A – SA node B – AV node

2. In myogenic heart cardiac impulse in originated from SA node. So the SA node is called pacemaker. The rate of heart beat in determined by the rate of discharge of cardiac impulse from SA node.

Question 4.
Silicosis, T.B., Pneumonia, asbestosis are the diseases affecting respiratory system. Name four diseases affecting circulatory system.
Answer:

  1. Hypertension
  2. Coronary artery disease (CAD)
  3. Angina
  4. Heart failure

Question 5.
The average life span of RBC is 120 days.

  1. Write the places where RBC is produced and destroyed?
  2. Name respiratory pigment in Human RBC.

Answer:

  1. RBS are produced in red bone marrow and destroyed in spleen
  2. Haemoglobin

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 6.
The stroke volume of a normal person is 70ml/min. Find out his cardiac output?
(Hint: Cardiac output = stroke volume × No. of heartbeats/min.)
Answer:
HP No.of heartbeats/min = 72
Stroke volume = 70
Cardiac output = 70 × 72 = 5040 ml

Question 7.
Suppose your friend is suffering from obesity, diabetes and hypertension, etc. What are the type of food materials would you suggest?
Answer:
Fried items and bakery items must not be used. Sugar and sugary materials should be avoided. Fiber-rich vegetarian food is recommended.

Question 8.
Study the table. Correct the mistakes to match column A, B & C.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 4
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 5

Question 9.
Copy the diagram and fill (a) and (b).
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 6
Answer:
(a) Hypertension

(b) Coronary Artery Disease.

Question 10.
Complete the table.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 7
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 8

Question 11.
Observe the diagram.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 9

  1. Which step of cardiac cycle is shown here?
  2. Which sound is produced during the step and how is it produced?

Answer:

  1. Ventricular systole
  2. The ‘lub’ sound. This is produced by the closing of AV valve in orderto prevent backward flow of blood to auricle.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 12.
Some of the features of the body fluids are listed below. Analyse the features and categorise them into two groups.

  1. Transparent fluid found in tissue space.
  2. Extra cellular fluid of the blood.
  3. Contains 91% water, 7% proteins and 1% inorganic and organic substances.
  4. Absorbs the digested fats and lipids and transports in the form of chylomicrons.

Answer:

PlasmaLymph
2. Extra cellular fluid of blood1. Transparent fluid found in tissue space
3. Contains 91% water, 7% proteins and 1% inorganic and organic substances4. Absorbs the digested fats and lipids and transports in the form chylomicrons

Question 13.
‘Bundle of His’ is divided into finer branches known as Purkinje Tissue. Impulses are conducted rapidly along these fibres at 5 m/s and spread from these to all parts of the chambers.

  1. What is the function of Purkinje Tissue?
  2. Which are the chambers mentioned in the paragraph?

Answer:

  1. Conduction of impulse from the Bundle of His and rapidly transfers to the wall of the ventricles,
  2. Right and Left ventricles

Question 14.
“All veins carry deoxygenated blood and all arteries carry oxygenated blood.”

  1. Do you agree?
  2. Justify your answer.

Answer:
1. Statement is incorrect.

2. Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood away from the heart. Veins are the blood vessels which carry blood towards the heart. All arteries carry oxygenated blood except pulmonary artery.

All veins carry deoxygenated blood except pulmonary vein. Pulmonary artery carry deoxygenated blood towards the lungs and pulmonary vein carry oxygenated blood toward heart.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
Using the terms given, prepare a flow chart incorrect order.
Right auricle, aorta, left ventricle, left auricle, superior vena cava, capillaries, lungs, right ventricle, pulmonary vein, pulmonary artery.
Answer:
Right Auricle → Right ventricle → Pulmonary artery → Lungs → Pulmonary vein → Left Auricle → Left ventricle → Aorta → Capillaries → Superior vena cava → Right Auricle.

Question 16.
Complete the table using ‘open’ or ‘close’.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 10
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 11

Question 17.
The human blood vascular system is diagrammatically represented below.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 12

  1. What is the significance of Pulmonary circulation in the cardiac cycle?
  2. Why circulation in human considering as double circulation?

Answer:
1. The to and fro circulation between the lungs and heart is known as Pulmonary circulation. The purpose of pulmonary circulation is oxygenation of blood.

2. In human circulation is double circulation, it involves Pulmonary circulation and systemic circulation. Right half receives and pumps the deoxygenated blood while the left half the oxygenated blood.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 18.
You know when you cut your finger or hurt yourself, your wound does not continue to bleed for long time. Usually blood stops flowing after sometime. State how?
Answer:
When blood oozes out of a cut, it set into gel within a few minutes. This is known as coagulation. The mechanism of blood coagulation is as follows.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 13

Question 19.
Copy the table and fill in the gap with appropriate words.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 14
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 15

Question 20.
Study the diagrammatic representation :
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 16

  1. ‘X’ marked in the figure is a blood vessel. Name the blood vessel.
  2. Give the importance of circulation between these two organs.

Answer:

  1. hepatic portal vein
  2. hepatic portal vein carries nutrients from intestine to liver.

Question 21.
Heparin is a substance which prevents clotting of blood. Histamine is an anti-inflammatory substance.

  1. Mention the leucocytes that secretes the above said substances.
  2. Draw and label its nucleus.

Answer:
1. Basophil
2.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 17

Plus One Body Fluids and Circulation Three Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Fill up the blanks with appropriate words.

  1. Thrombocytes are produced from _________
  2. Pace maker of the heart is _________
  3. The nervous band that connects the two cerebral hemispheres is _________

Answer:

  1. Megakaryocytes
  2. Sino – atrial node (SAN)
  3. Corpus callosum

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 2.
The given figure shows a Systole.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 18

  1. Identify the Systole in the figure?
  2. How long does it lasts?
  3. What happens to the bicuspid and tricuspid valves during this systole?

Answer:

  1. Ventricular systole
  2. 0.25 seconds
  3. Closed

Question 3.
Draw a Schematic diagram showing the circulation of blood in man, starting from left ventricle of heart and ending in the right auricle.

  1. Name the type of circulation.
  2. Mention the significance of this circulation.

Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 19

  1. Systemic circulation
  2. The systemic circulation provides nutrients, O2 and other essential substances to the tissues and takes CO2 and other harmful substances away for elimination.

Question 4.
A unique vascular connection exists between the digestive tract and liver.

  1. Name the vascular connection.
  2. Name the vascular connection found in frog between kidney and lower parts of body.
  3. What is CAD?

Answer:

  1. Hepatic portal system
  2. Renal portal system
  3. CAD – Coronary Artery Disease

Question 5.
Complete the table using the terms given in bracket. (Lymphocyte, granulocyte, eosinophil, basophil, plasma, leucocyte)
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 20
Answer:

  • a – Plasma
  • b – leucocyte
  • c – granulocyte
  • d – basophil
  • e – Eosinophil
  • f – lymphocyte

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 6.
Observe the diagram given below and answer the questions.

  1. Identify the type of circulation.
  2. Prepare a flow chart showing the above circulation.
  3. Write the purpose of this circulation.

Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 21

  1. Pulmonary circulation
  2. Right, ventricle → Pulmonary artery → lungs → Pulmonary vein → Left auricle
  3. Oxygenation of blood

Question 7.
Leukocytes are the soldiers of the body. Justify?
Answer:
Leukocytes provides defence mechanism to the body against infection. For example Neutrophils and monocytes are phagocytic cells which destroy foreign organisms entering the body.

Basophils secrete histamine, heparin etc. and are involved in inflammatory reactions. Eosinophils resist infections and are also associated with allergic reactions. Lymphocytes are responsible for immune responses of the body.

Question 8.
Listed below are some of the features of open and closed circulatory system. Arrange them into two categories.

  1. Usually low-pressure system
  2. Found in vertebrates
  3. Blood returns to heart rapidly
  4. High pressure system
  5. Blood returns to heart slowly
  6. Found in Arthopods

Answer:

Open circulationClosed circulation
1. Usually low pressure system4. High pressure system
5. Blood returns to heart slowly3. Blood returns to heart rapidly
6. Found in Arthropods2. Found in vertebrates

Question 9.
The heart of fish is said to be a venous heart, whether your heart is a venous one or not? Justify.
Answer:
The heart of fish is a venous heart, because it is a 2 chambered heart and only deoxygenated blood flows through the heart chambers.
Human heart is four chambered heart and carry both oxygenated and deoxygenated blood. So human heart is not a venous heart.

Question 10.
Observe the diagram.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 22

  1. Identify the blood cell A and B.
  2. How can they differentiate?
  3. What are their function?

Answer:

  1. The blood cells A and B
    • A – Monocyte
    • B – Neutrophil
  2. They can be differentiated in two ways
    • Monocyte – Agranulocyte, Horseshoe shaped nucleus
    • Neutrophil – Granulocyte, multilobed nucleus
  3. Their functions
    • Monocyte – They protect the body by engulfing the pathogen (Phagocytosis)
    • Neutrophil – Phagocytic cells

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 11.
During a clinical check-up doctor diagnosed that the patient’s heart murmurs.

  1. What are murmurs?
  2. Why does a heart murmur?
  3. The heart sound ‘dub’ is caused by the closure of AV valve. Do you agree with this statement?

Answer:
1. Due to the abnormalities in chambers or valves of the heart, some abnormal sounds may be audible in addition to normal heart sound. These are called murmurs.

2. Heart may murmur due to valvular damage.

3. The statement is incorrect because ‘dub’ is caused by the sudden closure of semilunar valve.

Question 12.
Observe the diagram and answer the following
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 23

  1. Name the area labelled here.
  2. What is the importance of this area?
  3. Name the area associated with this.
  4. Draw a flow chart showing conducting system of heart.

Answer:

  1. Sino-atrial node (SAN)
  2. Cardiac impulse originates from SAN.
  3. AV node, Bundle of His, Purkinje fibres.
  4. SAN → AVN → Bundle of His→ Purkinje fibres → Ventricle.

Question 13.
Match the following.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 24
Answer:
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 25

Question 14.
A person’s blood pressure is found to be about 140/ 100mm Hg.

  1. What is the condition the person is suffering?
  2. How do you measure BP?
  3. Blood pressure is 100/60mm Hg. How you interpret it?

Answer:

  1. Hypertension
  2. Sphygmomanometer
  3. Hypotension

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
The major findings of a health survey conducted in a corporation area are

  • 25% of the population are suffering from hypertension.
  • 15% of male above 40 years are suffering from various cardiac disorders.

1. List any three cardio vascular disorders.
2. Suggest any two possible reason for this disorders.
3. Suggest any two advices to the disease.

Answer:

  1. Hypertension, Atherosclerosis, Cardiac arrest
  2. Two possible reason for cardio vascular disorders:
    • Regular intake of fatty food
    • Smoking
    • Lack of exercise
  3. Advices to the disease:
    • Avoid fatty food
    • Do regular exercise

Question 16.
Match Column I with Column II.

Column IColumn II
(a) EosinophilsCoagulation
(b) RBCUniversal Recipient
(c) AB GroupResist infections
(d) PlateletsContraction of Heart
(e) SystoleGas transport

Answer:

Column IColumn II
(a) EosinophilsResist infections
(b) RBCGas transport
(c) AB GroupUniversal Recipient
(d) PlateletsCoagulation
(e) SystoleContraction of Heart

Question 17.
Select the correct statement from the following:

  • Monocyte is a granulocyte.
  • Frog has 4 chambered heart.
  • Blood is a tissue.
  • The respiratory organs of insects are gills.

Answer:

  • Blood is a tissue. (Monocyte is an agranulocyte Frog has 3 chambered heart Respiratory organs of insects are trachea)

Question 18.
Today we can measure blood pressure with a sphygmomanometer at home. This shows that people are very much concerned about high blood pressure. Find out why?
Answer:
High blood pressure can harm the vital organs like heart, brain and kidneys. High blood pressure compels the heart to work excessively due to which the congestive heart disease may set in at an early age. This is the reason why people are very much concerned with their high B.P.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 19.
Erythroblastosis foetalis is an Rh incompatibility disorder.

  1. Describe the circumstances in which erythroblastosis foetalis might arise.
  2. How is the problem usually averted?

Answer:
1. If the first child of a Rh- woman is Rh+, she develops anti-Rh antibodies in her blood. During subsequent pregnancies if the foetus is Rh+ and Rh antibodies enter the foetal blood from the mother blood causing agglutination resulting erythroblastosis foetalis.

2. This problem can be avoided by administering anti-Rh antibodies to the mother immediately after the delivery of the first child.

Question 20.
Write the odd one out and give the reason for your answer.

  1. P wave, QRS wave, T wave, beta wave.
  2. Renal artery, Pulmonary artery, Hepatic artery, Coronary artery.
  3. SA node, lymph node, AV node, Purkinje fibres

Answer:

  1. Beta wave: These are the waves of normal EEG, whereas all others are the components of a normal ECG.
  2. Pulmonary artery: This blood carries deoxygenated blood whereas all others carry oxygenated blood.
  3. Lymph node: It is found in lymphatic system whereas all other structures are found in the mammalian heart related to auto rhythmicity.

Question 21.
Cardiac output increases when we engage in physical exercises. However, it may fall after the exercise stops. We can see that it is a fully heart controlled event.

  1. What is a cardiac output?
  2. How does heart increase cardiac output during exercise?

Answer:

  1. Cardiac output is the volume of the blood ejected by. each ventricle into the arterial system per minute,
  2. In response to the sensory impulses and the adrenal medullary hormone, the excitability of the pacemaker is increased and thereby heart rate is increased during exercise. This in turn increases the heart rate.

Question 22.
Copy and complete the table on blood group, antigen and antibody.
1.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 26

2. Name the blood groups commonly known as Universal donor and Universal recipient.
Answer:
1.
Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation - 27

2. The blood groups commonly known as Universal donor and Universal recipient.

  • Universal donor: ‘O’ group.
  • Universal recipient: ‘AB’ group.

Plus One Body Fluids and Circulation NCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the importance of plasma proteins?
Answer:
Fibrinogen, globulins and albumins are the major proteins. Fibrinogens are needed for clotting or coagulation of blood. Globulins primarily are involved in defense mechanisms of the body and the albumins help in osmotic balance.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 2.
Match Column I with Column II:

Column IColumn II
(a) Eosinophils(i) Coagulation
(b) RBC(ii) Universal Recipient
(c) AB Group(iii) Resist Infections
(d) Platelets(iv) Contraction of Heart
(e) Systole(v) Gas transport

Answer:

Column IColumn II
(a) Eosinophils(iii) Resist Infections
(b) RBC(v) Gas transport
(c) AB Group(ii) Universal Recipient
(d) Platelets(i) Coagulation
(e) Systole(iv) Contraction of Heart

Question 3.
Why do we consider blood as a connective tissue?
Answer:
Blood is considered a connective tissue for two basic reasons:

  1. embryologically, it has the same origin (meso-dermal) as do the other connective tissue types and
  2. Blood connects the body systems together bringing the needed oxygen, nutrients, hormones and other signaling molecules, and removing the wastes.

Question 4.
Sino-atrial node is called the pacemaker of our heart. Why?
Answer:
Sino-atrial node is a bundle of nerves which initiates the conduction of heartbeat. So, this is also called the pacemaker of our heart.

Question 5.
What is the significance of atrioventricular node and atrioventricular bundle in the functioning of heart?
Answer:
AV Node and atrioventricular bundles are responsible for conduction of cardiac beat cycle to further parts of heart.

Question 6.
Define a cardiac cycle and the cardiac output.
Answer:
Cardiac Cycle. The rhythmic contraction and dilatation of different parts of heart in one beat is called cardiac cycle. Cardiac Output. The heart beats 72 times per minute, i.e., that many cardiac cycles are performed per minute. From this it could be deduced that the duration of a cardiac cycle is 0.8 seconds.

During a cardiac cycle, each ventricle pumps out approximately 70mL of blood which is called the stroke volume. The stroke volume multiplied by the heart rate (no. of beats per min.) gives the cardiac output. Therefore, the cardiac output can be defined as the volume of blood pumped out by each ventricle per minute and averages 5000 mL or 5 litres in a healthy individual.

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
What is the difference between lymph and bllod?
Answer:

BloodLymph
RBC PresentRBC Absent
Found in arteries, veins and capillariesFound in interstitial space
Can transport gasesCannot transport gases

Plus One Body Fluids and Circulation Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 1.
In higher vertebrates, SA – node helps in
(a) conduction of blood
(b) initiation of heartbeat
(c) opening of tricuspid valve
(d) opening of bicuspid valve
Answer:
(b) initiation of heartbeat

Question 2.
An oval depression called fossa ovalis, is seen on
(a) inter atrial septum
(b) inter ventricular septum
(c) right auriculo-ventricular septum
(d) left auriculo-ventricular septum
(e) papullary muscles
Answer:
(a) inter atrial septum

Question 3.
The deposition of lipids on the wall lining, the lumen of large and medium-sized arteries is referred to as
(a) deep vein thrombosis
(b) Stokes-Adam’s syndrome
(c) osteoporosis
(d) atherosclerosis
Answer:
(d) atherosclerosis

Question 4.
Which of the following are located in tunica media of human blood vessels?
(a) Collagen fibres and smooth muscle
(b) Squamous epithelium and striated muscle
(c) white fibres and smooth muscle
(d) Yellow fibres and smooth muscle
Answer:
(d) Yellow fibres and smooth muscle

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 5.
The important function of lymph is to
(a) transport oxygen to the brain
(b) transport carbon dioxide to the lungs
(c) return RBCstothe lymph nodes
(d) return interstitial fluid to the blood
Answer:
(d) return interstitial fluid to the blood

Question 6.
Cardiac output is determined by
(a) heart rate
(b) stroke volume
(c) blood flow
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) Both (a) and (b)

Question 7.
Which of the following matches correctly?
(a) Inferior vena cava – Receives deoxygenated blood from the head and body
(b) Superior vena – Receives deoxygenated blood from the lower body and organs
(c) pulmonary artery – carries deoxygenated blood to lungs
(d) hepatic artery – carries deoxygenated blood to the gut
Answer:
(c) pulmonary artery – carries deoxygenated blood to lungs

Question 8.
The cardiac pacemaker in a patient fails to function normally. The doctors find that an artificial pacemaker is to be grafted in him. It is likely that it will be grafted at the site made up of
(a) atrioventricular bundle
(b) Purkinje system
(c) sinuatrial node
(d) atrioventricular node
Answer:
(c) sinuatrial node

Question 9.
Generally artificial pacemaker consists of one battery made up of
(a) nickel
(b) dry cadmium
(c) photo sensitive material
(d) lithium
Answer:
(d) lithium

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 10.
which type of white blood cells are concerned with the release of histamine and the natural anticoagulant heparin?
(a) Neutrophils
(b) Basophils
(c) Eosinophils
(d) Monocytes
Answer:
(b) Basophils

Question 11.
In humans, blood passes from the post caval to the diastolic right atrium of heart due to
(a) pushing open of the venous valves
(b) suction pull
(c) stimulation of the sino-auricular node
(d) pressure difference between the caval and atrium
Answer:
(d) pressure difference between the caval and atrium

Question 12.
which one of the following has an open circulator system?
(a) Pheretima
(b) Periplaneta
(c) Hirudinaria
(d) Octopus
Answer:
(b) Periplaneta

Question 13.
in higher vertebrates, SA – node helps in
(a) conduction of blood
(b) initiation of heartbeat
(c) opening of tricuspid valve
(d) opening of bicuspid valve
Answer:
(b) initiation of heartbeat

Question 14.
The opening of auricles and ventricles on the right side is guarded by
(a) tricuspid valve
(b) bicuspid valve
(c) semilunar valve
(d) Eustachian tube
Answer:
(a) tricuspid valve

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
Which of the following sequences is truly a systemic circulation pathway?
(a) Right ventricle → Pulmonary aorta → Tissues Pulmonary veins → Left auricle
(b) Right auricle → Left ventricle → Aorta → Tissues → Veins → Right auricle
(c) Left auricle → Left ventricle → Pulmonary aorta + Tissues → Right auricle
(d) Left auricle → Left ventricle → Pulmonary aorta → Arteries → Tissues → Veins → Right atrium
Answer:
(d) Left auricle → Left ventricle → Pulmonary aorta → Arteries → Tissues → Veins → Right atrium

Question 16.
Open circulatory system is present in
I. Arthropods
II. Annelids
III. Chordates
IV. Molluscs
(a) III only
(b) III and II
(c) I and IV
(d) IV only
Answer:
(c) I and IV

Question 17.
The artery, which supplies blood to the pericardium is
(a) brachial artery
(b) pulmonary vein
(c) vertebral artery
(d) coronary artery
Answer:
(d) coronary artery

Plus One Zoology Chapter Wise Questions and Answers Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 18.
In diastole, heart is filled by
(a) mixed blood
(b) venous blood
(c) oxygenated blood
(d) deoxygenated blood
Answer:
(d) deoxygenated blood

Question 19.
You are required to draw blood from patient and to Keep it in a test tube for analysis of blood corpuscles and plasma. You are also provided with the following four types of test tubes. Which of them will you not use for the purpose?
(a) Test tube containing calcium bicarbonate
(b) Chilled test tube
(c) Test tube containing heparin
(d) Test tube containing sodium oxalate
Answer:
(c) Test tube containing heparin